1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
64       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
65     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
66     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
67     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
68   }
69 
70   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
71     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
72       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
73           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
74     else
75       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
76   }
77 
78  private:
79   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
80   bool WantClassName;
81 };
82 
83 }
84 
85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
87   switch (Kind) {
88   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
89   // token kind is a valid type specifier
90   case tok::kw_short:
91   case tok::kw_long:
92   case tok::kw___int64:
93   case tok::kw___int128:
94   case tok::kw_signed:
95   case tok::kw_unsigned:
96   case tok::kw_void:
97   case tok::kw_char:
98   case tok::kw_int:
99   case tok::kw_half:
100   case tok::kw_float:
101   case tok::kw_double:
102   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
103   case tok::kw_bool:
104   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
105     return true;
106 
107   case tok::annot_typename:
108   case tok::kw_char16_t:
109   case tok::kw_char32_t:
110   case tok::kw_typeof:
111   case tok::kw_decltype:
112     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
113 
114   default:
115     break;
116   }
117 
118   return false;
119 }
120 
121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
122 /// return the declaration of that type.
123 ///
124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
129 ///
130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
131 /// and then return NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
241           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
242               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
243           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
245               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
246                                               CorrectedStr);
247           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
248             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
249               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
250 
251           if (SS && NNS)
252             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
253           *CorrectedII = NewII;
254           return Ty;
255         }
256       }
257     }
258     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
259   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
260   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
261     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
262     return ParsedType();
263 
264   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
265     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
266     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
267     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
268     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
269     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
270     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
271       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
272       return ParsedType();
273     }
274 
275     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
276     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
277          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
278       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
279         if (!IIDecl ||
280             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
281               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
282           IIDecl = *Res;
283       }
284     }
285 
286     if (!IIDecl) {
287       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
288       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
289       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
290       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
291       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
292       // a type name.
293       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
294       return ParsedType();
295     }
296 
297     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
298     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
299     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
300     // perform the name lookup again.
301     break;
302 
303   case LookupResult::Found:
304     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
305     break;
306   }
307 
308   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
309 
310   QualType T;
311   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
312     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
313 
314     if (T.isNull())
315       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
316 
317     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
318     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
319     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
320     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
321       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
322         // Construct a type with type-source information.
323         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
324         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
325 
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
328         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
329         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
330         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
331       } else {
332         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
333       }
334     }
335   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
336     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
337     if (!HasTrailingDot)
338       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
339   }
340 
341   if (T.isNull()) {
342     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
343     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
344     return ParsedType();
345   }
346   return ParsedType::make(T);
347 }
348 
349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
355   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
356   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
357   LookupName(R, S, false);
358   R.suppressDiagnostics();
359   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
360     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
361       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
362       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
363       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
364       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
365       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
366       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
367       }
368     }
369 
370   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
371 }
372 
373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
377 /// @code
378 /// template<class T> class A {
379 /// public:
380 ///   typedef int TYPE;
381 /// };
382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
383 /// public:
384 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
385 /// };
386 /// @endcode
387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
388   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
389     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
390 
391     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
392     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
393           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
394       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
395         return true;
396     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
397   }
398   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
399 }
400 
401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
402                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
403                                    Scope *S,
404                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
405                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
406   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
407   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
408 
409   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
410   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
411   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
412   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
413                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
414                                              Validator)) {
415     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
416     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
417 
418     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
419       // We corrected to a keyword.
420       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
421       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
422         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
423       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
424         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
425         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
426       II = NewII;
427     } else {
428       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
429       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
430       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
431         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
432           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
433           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
434       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
435         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
436           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
437           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
438                                           CorrectedStr);
439       else
440         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
441 
442       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
443         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
444 
445       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
446                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
447                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
448                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
449     }
450     return true;
451   }
452 
453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
454     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
455     UnqualifiedId Name;
456     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
457     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
458     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
459     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
460     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
461                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
462                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
463       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
464       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
465       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
466         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
467           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
468       }
469       return true;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
474   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
475 
476   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
478   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
479     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
480       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
481   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
482     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
483     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
484       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
485 
486     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
487       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
488       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
489       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
490     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
491                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
492   } else {
493     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
494            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
495   }
496 
497   return true;
498 }
499 
500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
501 /// or
502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
503   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
504                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
505 
506   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
507     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
508       return true;
509 
510     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
511       return true;
512   }
513 
514   return false;
515 }
516 
517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
518                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
519                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
521   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
522   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
523   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
524     const char *TagName = 0;
525     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
526     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
527       case TTK_Class:
528         TagName = "class";
529         FixItTagName = "class ";
530         break;
531 
532       case TTK_Enum:
533         TagName = "enum";
534         FixItTagName = "enum ";
535         break;
536 
537       case TTK_Struct:
538         TagName = "struct";
539         FixItTagName = "struct ";
540         break;
541 
542       case TTK_Interface:
543         TagName = "__interface";
544         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
545         break;
546 
547       case TTK_Union:
548         TagName = "union";
549         FixItTagName = "union ";
550         break;
551     }
552 
553     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
554       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
555       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
556 
557     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
558          I != IEnd; ++I)
559       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
560         << Name << TagName;
561 
562     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
563     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
564     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
565     return true;
566   }
567 
568   return false;
569 }
570 
571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
573                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
574   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
575 
576   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
577   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
578 
579   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
580   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
581   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
582   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
583   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
584 }
585 
586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
587                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
588                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
589                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
590                                             const Token &NextToken,
591                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
592                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
594   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
595 
596   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
597     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
598                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
599 
600   }
601 
602   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
603   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
604 
605   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
606   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
607   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
608   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
609   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
610     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
611     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
612       return E;
613   }
614 
615   bool SecondTry = false;
616   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
617 
618 Corrected:
619   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
620   case LookupResult::NotFound:
621     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
622     // call.
623     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
624       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
625       // FIXME: Reference?
626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
627         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
628 
629       // C90 6.3.2.2:
630       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
631       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
632       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
633       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
634       //   the function call, the declaration
635       //
636       //     extern int identifier ();
637       //
638       //   appeared.
639       //
640       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
641       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
642         Result.addDecl(D);
643         Result.resolveKind();
644         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
645       }
646     }
647 
648     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
649     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
650     // "struct", or "union".
651     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
652         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
653       break;
654     }
655 
656     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
657     // close to this name.
658     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
659       SecondTry = true;
660       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
661                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
662                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
663         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
664         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
665         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
666         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
667 
668         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
669         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
670           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
671         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
672             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
673           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
674           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
675         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
676                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
677                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
679            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
680            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
681          }
682 
683         if (SS.isEmpty())
684           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
685             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
686             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
687         else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
688           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
689             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
690             << SS.getRange()
691             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
692                                             CorrectedStr);
693 
694         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
695         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
696 
697         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
698         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
699           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
700 
701         // Also update the LookupResult...
702         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
703         Result.clear();
704         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
705         if (FirstDecl) {
706           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
707           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
708             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
709         }
710 
711         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
712         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
713         // reference the ivar.
714         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
715         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
716           Result.clear();
717           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
718           return E;
719         }
720 
721         goto Corrected;
722       }
723     }
724 
725     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
726     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
727     return NameClassification::Unknown();
728 
729   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
730     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
731     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
732     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
733 
734     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
735     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
736     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
737     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
738     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
739     //
740     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
741     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
742     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
743     // keyword here.
744     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
745                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
746                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
747   }
748 
749   case LookupResult::Found:
750   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
751   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
752     break;
753 
754   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
756         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
757       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
758       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
759       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
760       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
761       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
762       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
763       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
764       //   ambiguous.
765       //
766       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
767       // so try again after filtering out template names.
768       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
769       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
770         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
771         break;
772       }
773     }
774 
775     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
776     return NameClassification::Error();
777   }
778 
779   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
781     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
782     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
783     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
784     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
785     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
786     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
787     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
788       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
789 
790     if (!Result.empty()) {
791       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
792       TemplateName Template;
793       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
794         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
795         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
796                                                      Result.end());
797       } else {
798         TemplateDecl *TD
799           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
800         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
801 
802         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
803           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
804                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
805                                                       TD);
806         else
807           Template = TemplateName(TD);
808       }
809 
810       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
811         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
812         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
813         // to based on which function we selected.
814         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
815 
816         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
817       }
818 
819       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
820     }
821   }
822 
823   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
824   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
825     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
826     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
827     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
828       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
829     return ParsedType::make(T);
830   }
831 
832   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
833   if (!Class) {
834     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
835     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
836                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
837       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
838   }
839 
840   if (Class) {
841     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
842 
843     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
844       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
845       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
846       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
847       return NameClassification::Unknown();
848     }
849 
850     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
851     return ParsedType::make(T);
852   }
853 
854   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
855   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
856     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
857         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
858 
859   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
860   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
861   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
862     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
863     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
864          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
865         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
866       TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
867       DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
868       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
869       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
870         return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
871       return ParsedType::make(T);
872     }
873   }
874 
875   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
876     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
877 
878   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
879   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
880 }
881 
882 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
883 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
884 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
885 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
886 
887   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
888   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
889   // the context we'll need to return to.
890   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
891     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
892 
893     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
894     // lexical context.
895     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
896       return DC;
897 
898     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
899     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
900     // class is the context we need to return to.
901     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
902       DC = RD;
903 
904     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
905     // declared in.
906     return DC;
907   }
908 
909   return DC->getLexicalParent();
910 }
911 
912 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
913   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
914       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
915   CurContext = DC;
916   S->setEntity(DC);
917 }
918 
919 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
920   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
921 
922   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
923   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
924 }
925 
926 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
927 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
928 ///
929 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
930   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
931   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
932   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
933   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
934   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
935   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
936   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
937   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
938   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
939   //   namespace.
940   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
941   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
942   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
943   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
944   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
945 
946   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
947 
948 #ifndef NDEBUG
949   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
950   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
951   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
952 #endif
953 
954   CurContext = DC;
955   S->setEntity(DC);
956 }
957 
958 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
959   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
960 
961   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
962   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
963   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
964   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
965   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
966 
967   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
968   // disappear.
969 }
970 
971 
972 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
973   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
974   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
975     // We assume that the caller has already called
976     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
977     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
978   }
979   if (!FD)
980     return;
981 
982   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
983   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
984   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
985     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
986   CurContext = FD;
987   S->setEntity(CurContext);
988 
989   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
990     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
991     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
992     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
993       S->AddDecl(Param);
994       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
995     }
996   }
997 }
998 
999 
1000 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1001   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1002   // rather than the top-level class.
1003   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1004   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1005   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1006 }
1007 
1008 
1009 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1010 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1011 ///
1012 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1013 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1014 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1015 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1016 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1017 /// attribute.
1018 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1019                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1020   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1021     return true;
1022 
1023   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1024     return true;
1025 
1026   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1027           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1028 }
1029 
1030 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1031 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1032   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1033   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1034   // scope.
1035   while (S->getEntity() &&
1036          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1037     S = S->getParent();
1038 
1039   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1040   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1041   // into any context.
1042   if (AddToContext)
1043     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1044 
1045   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1046   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1047   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1048       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1049       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1050         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1051     return;
1052 
1053   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1054   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1055       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1056     return;
1057 
1058   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1059   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1060                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1061   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1062     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1063       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1064       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1065 
1066       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1067       break;
1068     }
1069   }
1070 
1071   S->AddDecl(D);
1072 
1073   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1074     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1075     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1076     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1077     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1078       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1079       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1080         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1081           continue;
1082       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1083         break;
1084     }
1085 
1086     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1087   } else {
1088     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1089   }
1090 }
1091 
1092 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1093   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1094     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1095 }
1096 
1097 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1098                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1099   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1100                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1101 }
1102 
1103 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1104   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1105   do {
1106     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1107       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1108         return S;
1109   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1110 
1111   return 0;
1112 }
1113 
1114 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1115                                             DeclContext*,
1116                                             ASTContext&);
1117 
1118 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1119 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1120 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1121                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1122                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1123                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1124   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1125   while (F.hasNext()) {
1126     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1127 
1128     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1129       continue;
1130 
1131     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1132         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1133       continue;
1134 
1135     F.erase();
1136   }
1137 
1138   F.done();
1139 }
1140 
1141 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1142   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1143          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1144          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1145 }
1146 
1147 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1148 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1149   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1150   while (F.hasNext())
1151     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1152       F.erase();
1153 
1154   F.done();
1155 }
1156 
1157 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1158 /// @code
1159 /// class S {
1160 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1161 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1162 /// };
1163 /// @endcode
1164 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1165   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1166   // the decl here.
1167   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1168     return false;
1169 
1170   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1171     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1172   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1173     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1174   return false;
1175 }
1176 
1177 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1178   assert(D);
1179 
1180   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1181     return false;
1182 
1183   // Ignore class templates.
1184   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1185       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1186     return false;
1187 
1188   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1189     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1190       return false;
1191 
1192     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1193       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1194         return false;
1195     } else {
1196       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1197       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1198           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1199         return false;
1200     }
1201 
1202     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1203         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1204       return false;
1205   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1206     // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their
1207     // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const
1208     // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not
1209     // intended to be used.
1210     // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions.
1211     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1212         VD->getType().isConstQualified() ||
1213         VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
1214         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1215       return false;
1216 
1217     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1218         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1219       return false;
1220 
1221   } else {
1222     return false;
1223   }
1224 
1225   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1226   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1227     return false;
1228 
1229   return true;
1230 }
1231 
1232 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1233   if (!D)
1234     return;
1235 
1236   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1237     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1238     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1239       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1240   }
1241 
1242   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1243     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1244     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1245       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1246   }
1247 
1248   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1249     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1250 }
1251 
1252 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1253   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1254     return false;
1255 
1256   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1257     return false;
1258 
1259   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1260     return true;
1261 
1262   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1263   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1264       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1265     return false;
1266 
1267   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1268   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1269 
1270     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1271     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1272 
1273     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1274     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1275       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1276         return false;
1277     }
1278 
1279     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1280     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1281     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1282       return false;
1283 
1284     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1285       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1286       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1287         return false;
1288 
1289       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1290         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1291           return false;
1292 
1293         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1294           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1295             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1296           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1297             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1298           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1299             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1300             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1301               return false;
1302           }
1303         }
1304       }
1305     }
1306 
1307     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1308   }
1309 
1310   return true;
1311 }
1312 
1313 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1314                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1315   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1316     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1317                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1318     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1319       return;
1320     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1321                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1322   }
1323   return;
1324 }
1325 
1326 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1327 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1328 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1329   FixItHint Hint;
1330   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1331     return;
1332 
1333   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1334 
1335   unsigned DiagID;
1336   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1337     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1338   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1339     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1340   else
1341     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1342 
1343   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1344 }
1345 
1346 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1347   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1348   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1349   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1350   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1351     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1352 }
1353 
1354 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1355   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1356   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1357          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1358 
1359   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1360        I != E; ++I) {
1361     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1362     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1363 
1364     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1365     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1366 
1367     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1368 
1369     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1370     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1371       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1372 
1373     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1374     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1375       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1376 
1377     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1378     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1379   }
1380 }
1381 
1382 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1383   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1384 }
1385 
1386 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1387   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1388   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1389 }
1390 
1391 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1392 ///
1393 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1394 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1395 /// to the fixed name.
1396 ///
1397 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1398 ///
1399 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1400 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1401 ///
1402 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1403 /// class could not be found.
1404 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1405                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1406                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1407   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1408   // creation from this context.
1409   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1410 
1411   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1412     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1413     // find an Objective-C class name.
1414     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1415     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1416                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1417                                        Validator)) {
1418       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1419       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1420         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1421         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1422       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1423         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1424 
1425       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1426     }
1427   }
1428   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1429   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1430   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1431       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1432   return Def;
1433 }
1434 
1435 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1436 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1437 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1438 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1439 /// ill-formed in C++:
1440 /// @code
1441 /// struct S6 {
1442 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1443 /// };
1444 ///
1445 /// void test_S6() {
1446 ///   struct S6 a;
1447 ///   a.e = BAR;
1448 /// }
1449 /// @endcode
1450 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1451 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1452 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1453 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1454 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1455 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1456 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1457 /// contain non-field names.
1458 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1459   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1460          (S->getEntity() &&
1461           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1462          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1463     S = S->getParent();
1464   return S;
1465 }
1466 
1467 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1468 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1469 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1470 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1471 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1472                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1473   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1474     return;
1475   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1476 
1477   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1478                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1479   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1480   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1481     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1482       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1483 }
1484 
1485 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1486 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1487 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1488 /// built-in.
1489 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1490                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1491                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1492   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1493 
1494   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1495 
1496   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1497   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1498   switch (Error) {
1499   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1500     // Okay
1501     break;
1502 
1503   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1504     if (ForRedeclaration)
1505       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1506         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1507     return 0;
1508 
1509   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1510     if (ForRedeclaration)
1511       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1512         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1513     return 0;
1514 
1515   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1516     if (ForRedeclaration)
1517       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1518         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1519     return 0;
1520   }
1521 
1522   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1523     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1524       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1525       << R;
1526     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1527         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1528           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1529       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1530         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1531         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1532   }
1533 
1534   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1535                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1536                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1537                                            SC_Extern,
1538                                            SC_None, false,
1539                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1540   New->setImplicit();
1541 
1542   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1543   // FunctionDecl.
1544   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1545     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1546     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1547       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1548         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1549                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1550                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1551                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1552       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1553       Params.push_back(parm);
1554     }
1555     New->setParams(Params);
1556   }
1557 
1558   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1559 
1560   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1561   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1562   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1563   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1564   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1565   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1566   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1567   CurContext = SavedContext;
1568   return New;
1569 }
1570 
1571 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1572   QualType OldType;
1573   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1574     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1575   else
1576     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1577   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1578 
1579   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1580     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1581     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1582     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1583       << Kind << NewType;
1584     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1585       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1586     New->setInvalidDecl();
1587     return true;
1588   }
1589 
1590   if (OldType != NewType &&
1591       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1592       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1593       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1594     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1595     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1596       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1597     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1598       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1599     New->setInvalidDecl();
1600     return true;
1601   }
1602   return false;
1603 }
1604 
1605 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1606 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1607 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1608 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1609 ///
1610 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1611   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1612   // merging checks.
1613   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1614 
1615   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1616   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1617   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1618     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1619     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1620     default: break;
1621     case 2:
1622       {
1623         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1624           break;
1625         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1626         if (!T->isPointerType())
1627           break;
1628         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1629           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1630           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1631             break;
1632         }
1633         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1634         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1635         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1636         return;
1637       }
1638     case 5:
1639       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1640         break;
1641       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1642       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1643       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1644       return;
1645     case 3:
1646       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1647         break;
1648       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1649       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1650       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1651       return;
1652     }
1653     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1654   }
1655 
1656   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1657   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1658   if (!Old) {
1659     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1660       << New->getDeclName();
1661 
1662     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1663     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1664       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1665 
1666     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1667   }
1668 
1669   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1670   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1671     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1672 
1673   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1674   // with any extensions enabled.
1675   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1676     return;
1677 
1678   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1679   // declaration was a typedef.
1680   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1681     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1682 
1683   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1684     return;
1685 
1686   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1687     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1688     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1689     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1690     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1691     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1692       return;
1693 
1694     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1695     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1696     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1697     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1698     //
1699     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1700     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1701     //
1702     //   struct S {
1703     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1704     //   };
1705     //
1706     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1707     // allow the above but disallow
1708     //
1709     //   struct S {
1710     //     typedef int I;
1711     //     typedef int I;
1712     //   };
1713     //
1714     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1715     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1716       return;
1717 
1718     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1719       << New->getDeclName();
1720     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1721     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1722   }
1723 
1724   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1725   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1726     return;
1727 
1728   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1729   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1730   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1731   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1732   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1733       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1734        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1735     return;
1736 
1737   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1738     << New->getDeclName();
1739   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1740   return;
1741 }
1742 
1743 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1744 /// attribute.
1745 static bool
1746 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1747   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1748   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1749   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1750   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1751   if (AA)
1752     return false;
1753 
1754   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1755   switch (A->getKind()) {
1756     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1757     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1758     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1759     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1760     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1761     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1762     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1763     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1764     case attr::GuardedBy:
1765     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1766     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1767     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1768       return false;
1769     default:
1770       ;
1771   }
1772 
1773   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1774   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1775   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1776     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1777       if (Ann) {
1778         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1779           return true;
1780         continue;
1781       }
1782       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1783       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1784         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1785       return true;
1786     }
1787 
1788   return false;
1789 }
1790 
1791 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1792   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1793   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1794     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1795                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1796                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1797                                     AA->getMessage());
1798   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) {
1799     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1800     if (NewAttr) {
1801       NamedDecl *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(D);
1802       ND->ClearLVCache();
1803     }
1804   } else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1805     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1806   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1807     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1808   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1809     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1810                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1811   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1812     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1813   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1814     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1815 
1816   if (NewAttr) {
1817     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1818     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1819     return true;
1820   }
1821 
1822   return false;
1823 }
1824 
1825 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1826   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1827     return TD->getDefinition();
1828   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1829     return VD->getDefinition();
1830   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1831     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1832     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1833       return Def;
1834   }
1835   return NULL;
1836 }
1837 
1838 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1839   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
1840        I != E; ++I) {
1841     Attr *Attribute = *I;
1842     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1843       return true;
1844   }
1845   return false;
1846 }
1847 
1848 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
1849 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
1850 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
1851   if (!New->hasAttrs())
1852     return;
1853 
1854   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1855   if (!Def || Def == New)
1856     return;
1857 
1858   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
1859   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
1860     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
1861     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
1862       ++I;
1863       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
1864     }
1865     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
1866            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1867     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1868     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
1869     --E;
1870   }
1871 }
1872 
1873 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1874 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1875                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1876   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1877   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
1878 
1879   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1880     return;
1881 
1882   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1883 
1884   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1885   // we process them.
1886   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1887 
1888   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1889          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1890          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1891        i != e; ++i) {
1892     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1893     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1894         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1895          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1896          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1897       continue;
1898 
1899     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1900       foundAny = true;
1901   }
1902 
1903   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1904 }
1905 
1906 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1907 /// to the new one.
1908 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1909                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1910                                      ASTContext &C) {
1911   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1912     return;
1913 
1914   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1915 
1916   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1917   // done before we process them.
1918   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1919 
1920   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1921        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1922        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1923     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1924       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1925       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1926       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1927       foundAny = true;
1928     }
1929   }
1930 
1931   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1932 }
1933 
1934 namespace {
1935 
1936 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1937 /// C.
1938 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1939   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1940   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1941   QualType PromotedType;
1942 };
1943 
1944 }
1945 
1946 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1947 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1948   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1949     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1950       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1951 
1952     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1953       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1954 
1955     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1956       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1957   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1958     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1959   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1960     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1961   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1962     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1963   }
1964 
1965   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1966 }
1967 
1968 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1969 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1970 /// GNU89 mode.
1971 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1972                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1973   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1974           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1975           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1976           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1977 }
1978 
1979 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
1980 /// declaration?
1981 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
1982   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
1983   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
1984     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
1985   } else {
1986     // Free C function or a static method.
1987     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
1988   }
1989   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
1990 }
1991 
1992 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1993 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1994 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1995 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1996 ///
1997 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1998 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1999 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2000 /// merged with.
2001 ///
2002 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2003 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
2004   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2005   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2006   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2007         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2008     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2009   else
2010     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2011   if (!Old) {
2012     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2013       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2014       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2015            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2016       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2017            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2018       return true;
2019     }
2020 
2021     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2022       << New->getDeclName();
2023     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2024     return true;
2025   }
2026 
2027   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2028   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2029   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2030   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2031     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2032   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2033     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2034   else
2035     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2036 
2037   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2038   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2039 
2040   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2041   // is an extern inline function.
2042   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2043       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2044       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2045       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2046     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2047       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2048       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2049     } else {
2050       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2051       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2052       return true;
2053     }
2054   }
2055 
2056   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2057   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2058   // calling convention of the first.
2059   //
2060   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2061   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2062   //
2063   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2064   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2065   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2066   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2067   // because it is the default calling convention.
2068   //
2069   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2070   // other tests to run.
2071   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2072   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2073   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2074   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2075   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2076   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2077     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2078 
2079   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2080   // there but not here.
2081   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2082     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2083     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2084 
2085   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2086   // effectively the same as the explict one.
2087   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2088              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) {
2089     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2090     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2091 
2092   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2093                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2094     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2095     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2096       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2097       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2098       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2099           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2100     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2101     return true;
2102   }
2103 
2104   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2105   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2106     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2107     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2108   }
2109 
2110   // Merge regparm attribute.
2111   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2112       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2113     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2114       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2115         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2116         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2117       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2118       return true;
2119     }
2120 
2121     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2122     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2123   }
2124 
2125   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2126   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2127     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2128       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2129       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2130       return true;
2131     }
2132 
2133     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2134     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2135   }
2136 
2137   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2138     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2139     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2140     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2141   }
2142 
2143   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2144     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2145     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2146     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2147     //        cannot be overloaded.
2148     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2149     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2150     QualType ResQT;
2151     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2152       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2153           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2154         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2155       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2156         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2157           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2158                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2159         else
2160           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2161         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2162         return true;
2163       }
2164       else
2165         NewQType = ResQT;
2166     }
2167 
2168     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2169     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2170     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2171       // Preserve triviality.
2172       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2173 
2174       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2175       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2176       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2177       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2178                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2179                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2180       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2181 
2182       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2183           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2184         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2185         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2186         //       is a static member function declaration.
2187         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2188           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2189           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2190           return true;
2191         }
2192 
2193         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2194         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2195         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2196         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2197         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2198           unsigned NewDiag;
2199           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2200             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2201           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2202             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2203           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2204             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2205           else
2206             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2207 
2208           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2209         } else {
2210           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2211             << New << New->getType();
2212         }
2213         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2214 
2215       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2216       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2217       //
2218       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2219       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2220       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2221         if (isFriend) {
2222           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2223         } else {
2224           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2225                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2226             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2227           return true;
2228         }
2229       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2230         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2231              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2232           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2233         return true;
2234       }
2235     }
2236 
2237     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2238     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2239     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2240     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2241 
2242     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2243     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2244     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2245       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2246       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2247         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2248       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2249       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2250     }
2251 
2252     if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
2253       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2254       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2255       return true;
2256     }
2257 
2258     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2259       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2260 
2261     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2262   }
2263 
2264   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2265   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2266   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2267       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2268     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2269     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2270     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2271     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2272         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2273       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2274       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2275       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2276       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2277                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2278       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2279                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2280                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2281       New->setType(NewQType);
2282       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2283 
2284       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2285       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2286       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2287              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2288              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2289            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2290         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2291                                                  SourceLocation(),
2292                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2293                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2294                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2295                                                  0);
2296         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2297         Param->setImplicit();
2298         Params.push_back(Param);
2299       }
2300 
2301       New->setParams(Params);
2302     }
2303 
2304     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2305   }
2306 
2307   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2308   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2309   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2310   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2311   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2312   // the prototype.
2313   //
2314   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2315   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2316   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2317   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2318   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2319       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2320       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2321       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2322     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2323     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2324     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2325       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2326     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2327       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2328 
2329     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2330     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2331                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2332     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2333     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2334          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2335       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2336       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2337       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2338                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2339         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2340       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2341                                             NewParm->getType(),
2342                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2343         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2344           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2345         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2346         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2347       } else
2348         LooseCompatible = false;
2349     }
2350 
2351     if (LooseCompatible) {
2352       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2353         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2354              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2355           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2356           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2357         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2358           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2359                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2360       }
2361 
2362       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2363                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2364                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2365       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2366     }
2367 
2368     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2369   }
2370 
2371   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2372   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2373   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2374     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2375     // signature.
2376     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2377       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2378       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2379       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2380       // library built-in.
2381       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2382       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2383         << Old << Old->getType();
2384       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2385       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2386       return false;
2387     }
2388 
2389     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2390   }
2391 
2392   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2393   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2394   return true;
2395 }
2396 
2397 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2398 /// known to be compatible.
2399 ///
2400 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2401 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2402 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2403 /// redeclaration of Old.
2404 ///
2405 /// \returns false
2406 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2407                                         Scope *S) {
2408   // Merge the attributes
2409   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2410 
2411   // Merge the storage class.
2412   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2413       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2414     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2415 
2416   // Merge "pure" flag.
2417   if (Old->isPure())
2418     New->setPure();
2419 
2420   // Merge "used" flag.
2421   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2422     New->setUsed();
2423 
2424   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2425   // declarations.
2426   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2427     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2428       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2429                                Context);
2430 
2431   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2432     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2433 
2434   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2435   // and argument types.
2436   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2437   if (!Merged.isNull())
2438     New->setType(Merged);
2439 
2440   return false;
2441 }
2442 
2443 
2444 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2445                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2446 
2447   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2448   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2449 
2450   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2451   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2452                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2453   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2454          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2455        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2456     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2457 
2458   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2459 }
2460 
2461 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2462 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2463 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2464 ///
2465 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2466 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2467 /// is attached.
2468 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2469   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2470     return;
2471 
2472   QualType MergedT;
2473   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2474     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2475     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2476       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2477       return;
2478     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2479       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2480       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2481     }
2482     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2483     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2484     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2485     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2486     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2487     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2488              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2489       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2490       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2491       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2492                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2493         MergedT = New->getType();
2494     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2495              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2496       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2497       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2498       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2499                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2500         MergedT = Old->getType();
2501     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2502                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2503         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2504                                                         Old->getType());
2505     }
2506   } else {
2507     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2508   }
2509   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2510     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2511       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2512     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2513     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2514   }
2515   New->setType(MergedT);
2516 }
2517 
2518 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2519 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2520 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2521 ///
2522 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2523 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2524 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2525 ///
2526 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2527   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2528   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2529     return;
2530 
2531   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2532   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2533   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2534       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2535     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2536       << New->getDeclName();
2537     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2538          diag::note_previous_definition);
2539     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2540   }
2541 
2542   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2543   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2544   //
2545   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2546   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2547     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2548       << New->getIdentifier();
2549     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2550     New->setInvalidDecl();
2551   }
2552 
2553   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2554   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2555   // declaration
2556   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2557       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2558       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2559     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2560     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2561     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2562     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2563   }
2564 
2565   // Merge the types.
2566   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2567   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2568     return;
2569 
2570   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2571   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2572       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2573     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2574     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2575     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2576   }
2577   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2578   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2579   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2580   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2581   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2582   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2583   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2584   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2585   //   identifier has external linkage.
2586   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2587     /* Okay */;
2588   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2589            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2590     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2591     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2592     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2593   }
2594 
2595   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2596   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2597       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2598     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2599     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2600     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2601   }
2602   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2603       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2604     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2605     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2606     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2607   }
2608 
2609   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2610 
2611   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2612   // need to check for mismatches.
2613   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2614       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2615       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2616         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2617     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2618     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2619     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2620   }
2621 
2622   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2623     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2624     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2625   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2626     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2627     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2628   }
2629 
2630   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2631   const VarDecl *Def;
2632   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2633       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2634       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2635     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2636       << New->getDeclName();
2637     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2638     New->setInvalidDecl();
2639     return;
2640   }
2641 
2642   if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
2643     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2644     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2645     New->setInvalidDecl();
2646     return;
2647   }
2648 
2649   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2650   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2651   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2652   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2653   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2654   // specified at the prior declaration.
2655   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2656   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2657       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage)
2658     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2659 
2660   // Merge "used" flag.
2661   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2662     New->setUsed();
2663 
2664   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2665   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2666 
2667   // Inherit access appropriately.
2668   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2669 }
2670 
2671 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2672 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2673 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2674                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2675   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
2676 }
2677 
2678 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2679 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2680 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2681 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2682                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2683                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2684   Decl *TagD = 0;
2685   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2686   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2687       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2688       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2689       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2690       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2691     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2692 
2693     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2694       return 0;
2695 
2696     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2697     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2698     // it's a Type.
2699     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2700       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2701     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2702       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2703   }
2704 
2705   if (Tag) {
2706     getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
2707     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2708     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2709       return Tag;
2710   }
2711 
2712   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2713     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2714     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2715     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2716       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2717            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2718            << DS.getSourceRange();
2719   }
2720 
2721   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2722     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2723     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2724     if (Tag)
2725       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2726         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2727             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2728             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
2729             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
2730     else
2731       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2732     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2733     return TagD;
2734   }
2735 
2736   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2737     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2738     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2739     if (TagD && !Tag)
2740       return 0;
2741     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2742   }
2743 
2744   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2745   // declarators.
2746   bool emittedWarning = false;
2747 
2748   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2749     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2750         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2751       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2752           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2753         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2754 
2755       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2756         << DS.getSourceRange();
2757       emittedWarning = true;
2758     }
2759   }
2760 
2761   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2762   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2763       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2764       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2765     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2766     //   struct STRUCT;
2767     // and
2768     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2769     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2770     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2771         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2772          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2773       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2774         << DS.getSourceRange();
2775       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2776     }
2777   }
2778 
2779   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2780       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2781     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2782       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2783           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2784         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2785           << DS.getSourceRange();
2786         emittedWarning = true;
2787       }
2788 
2789   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2790   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2791 
2792   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2793     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2794     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2795     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2796         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2797       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2798         << DS.getSourceRange();
2799       return Tag;
2800     }
2801 
2802     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2803       << DS.getSourceRange();
2804     emittedWarning = true;
2805   }
2806 
2807   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2808   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2809   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2810   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2811     return TagD;
2812 
2813   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2814   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2815   // useless.
2816   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2817     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2818       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2819         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2820 
2821   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2822     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2823   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2824     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2825       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2826     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2827       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2828     // Restrict is covered above.
2829   }
2830   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2831     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2832   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2833     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2834   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2835     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2836 
2837   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2838       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2839     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2840       << Tag->getTagKind()
2841       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2842 
2843   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2844   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2845   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2846   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2847     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2848     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2849         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2850         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2851         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2852         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2853       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2854       while (attrs) {
2855         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2856         << attrs->getName()
2857         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2858             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2859             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
2860             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
2861         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2862       }
2863     }
2864   }
2865 
2866   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
2867 
2868   return TagD;
2869 }
2870 
2871 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2872 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2873 ///
2874 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2875 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2876                                          Scope *S,
2877                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2878                                          DeclarationName Name,
2879                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2880                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2881   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2882                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2883   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2884 
2885   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2886     return false;
2887 
2888   // Pick a representative declaration.
2889   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2890   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2891 
2892   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2893     return false;
2894 
2895   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2896   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2897 
2898   return true;
2899 }
2900 
2901 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2902 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2903 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2904 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2905 /// struct, e.g.,
2906 ///
2907 /// @code
2908 /// union {
2909 ///   int i;
2910 ///   float f;
2911 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2912 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2913 /// @endcode
2914 ///
2915 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2916 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2917 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2918                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2919                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2920                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2921                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2922                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2923   unsigned diagKind
2924     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2925                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2926 
2927   bool Invalid = false;
2928 
2929   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2930   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2931                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2932        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2933     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2934         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2935       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2936       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2937                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2938         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2939         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2940         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2941         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2942         Invalid = true;
2943       } else {
2944         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2945         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2946         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2947         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2948         //   anonymous union is declared.
2949         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2950         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2951           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2952                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2953             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2954         else
2955           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2956 
2957         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2958         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2959           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2960         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2961           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2962 
2963         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2964           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2965                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2966                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2967 
2968         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2969         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2970         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2971 
2972         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2973         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2974 
2975         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2976       }
2977     }
2978   }
2979 
2980   return Invalid;
2981 }
2982 
2983 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2984 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2985 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2986 static StorageClass
2987 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2988   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2989   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2990   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2991   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2992   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2993   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2994   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2995     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2996   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2997   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2998   }
2999   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3000 }
3001 
3002 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3003 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3004 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3005 static StorageClass
3006 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
3007   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3008   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3009   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
3010   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3011   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3012     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3013   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
3014   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3015   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
3016   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3017   }
3018   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3019 }
3020 
3021 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3022 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3023 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3024 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3025 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3026                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3027                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3028   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3029 
3030   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3031   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3032     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3033   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3034     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3035   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3036     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3037 
3038   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3039   // structs/unions.
3040   bool Invalid = false;
3041   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3042     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3043     unsigned DiagID;
3044     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3045       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3046       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3047       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3048       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3049           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3050            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3051             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3052         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3053           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3054 
3055         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3056         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3057                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3058       }
3059       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3060       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3061       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3062       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3063                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3064         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3065              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3066           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3067 
3068         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3069         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3070                                SourceLocation(),
3071                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3072       }
3073     }
3074 
3075     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3076     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3077       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3078         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3079           << Record->isUnion() << 0
3080           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3081       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3082         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3083              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3084           << Record->isUnion() << 1
3085           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3086       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3087         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3088              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3089           << Record->isUnion() << 2
3090           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3091 
3092       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3093     }
3094 
3095     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3096     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3097     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3098     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3099     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3100                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3101          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3102       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3103         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3104         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3105         //   members (clause 11).
3106         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3107         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3108           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3109             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3110           Invalid = true;
3111         }
3112 
3113         // C++ [class.union]p1
3114         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3115         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3116         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3117         //   array of such objects.
3118         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3119           Invalid = true;
3120       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3121         // Any implicit members are fine.
3122       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3123         // This is a type that showed up in an
3124         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3125         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3126         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3127       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3128         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3129             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3130           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3131           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3132             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3133               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3134           else {
3135             // This is a nested type declaration.
3136             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3137               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3138             Invalid = true;
3139           }
3140         }
3141       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3142         // Any access specifier is fine.
3143       } else {
3144         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3145         // member. Complain about it.
3146         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3147         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3148           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3149         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3150           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3151         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3152           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3153 
3154         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3155         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3156             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3157           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3158             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3159         else {
3160           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3161               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3162           Invalid = true;
3163         }
3164       }
3165     }
3166   }
3167 
3168   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3169     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3170       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3171     Invalid = true;
3172   }
3173 
3174   // Mock up a declarator.
3175   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3176   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3177   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3178 
3179   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3180   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3181   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3182     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3183                              DS.getLocStart(),
3184                              Record->getLocation(),
3185                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3186                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3187                              TInfo,
3188                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3189                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3190     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3191     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3192       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3193   } else {
3194     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3195     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3196            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3197     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3198     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3199       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3200       // an error here
3201       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3202       Invalid = true;
3203       SC = SC_None;
3204     }
3205     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3206     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3207       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3208 
3209     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3210                            DS.getLocStart(),
3211                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3212                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3213                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3214 
3215     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3216     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3217     // initializer:
3218     //   union { int n = 0; };
3219     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3220   }
3221   Anon->setImplicit();
3222 
3223   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3224   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3225   // its members.
3226   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3227 
3228   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3229   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3230   // purposes.
3231   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3232   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3233 
3234   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3235                                           Chain, false))
3236     Invalid = true;
3237 
3238   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3239   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3240   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3241   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3242   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3243   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3244   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3245 
3246   if (Invalid)
3247     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3248 
3249   return Anon;
3250 }
3251 
3252 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3253 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3254 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3255 /// Example:
3256 ///
3257 /// struct A { int a; };
3258 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3259 ///
3260 /// void foo() {
3261 ///   B var;
3262 ///   var.a = 3;
3263 /// }
3264 ///
3265 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3266                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3267 
3268   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3269   if (!Record)
3270     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3271 
3272   // Mock up a declarator.
3273   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3274   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3275   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3276 
3277   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3278   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3279                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3280                              DS.getLocStart(),
3281                              DS.getLocStart(),
3282                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3283                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3284                              TInfo,
3285                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3286                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3287   Anon->setImplicit();
3288 
3289   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3290   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3291 
3292   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3293   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3294   // purposes.
3295   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3296   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3297 
3298   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3299   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3300                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3301                                                         Chain, true))
3302     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3303 
3304   return Anon;
3305 }
3306 
3307 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3308 /// given Declarator.
3309 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3310   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3311 }
3312 
3313 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3314 DeclarationNameInfo
3315 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3316   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3317   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3318 
3319   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3320 
3321   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3322   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3323     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3324     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3325     return NameInfo;
3326 
3327   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3328     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3329                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3330     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3331     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3332       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3333     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3334       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3335     return NameInfo;
3336 
3337   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3338     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3339                                                            Name.Identifier));
3340     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3341     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3342     return NameInfo;
3343 
3344   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3345     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3346     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3347     if (Ty.isNull())
3348       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3349     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3350                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3351     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3352     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3353     return NameInfo;
3354   }
3355 
3356   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3357     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3358     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3359     if (Ty.isNull())
3360       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3361     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3362                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3363     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3364     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3365     return NameInfo;
3366   }
3367 
3368   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3369     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3370     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3371     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3372     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3373     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3374       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3375 
3376     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3377     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3378 
3379     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3380     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3381     // was qualified.
3382 
3383     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3384                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3385     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3386     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3387     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3388     return NameInfo;
3389   }
3390 
3391   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3392     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3393     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3394     if (Ty.isNull())
3395       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3396     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3397                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3398     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3399     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3400     return NameInfo;
3401   }
3402 
3403   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3404     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3405     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3406     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3407   }
3408 
3409   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3410 
3411   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3412 }
3413 
3414 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3415   do {
3416     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3417       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3418     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3419       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3420     else
3421       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3422   } while (true);
3423 }
3424 
3425 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3426 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3427 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3428 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3429 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3430 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3431 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3432 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3433                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3434                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3435                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3436   Params.clear();
3437   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3438     return false;
3439   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3440     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3441     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3442 
3443     // The parameter types are identical
3444     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3445       continue;
3446 
3447     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3448     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3449     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3450     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3451 
3452     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3453         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3454       Params.push_back(Idx);
3455     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3456       return false;
3457   }
3458 
3459   return true;
3460 }
3461 
3462 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3463 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3464 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3465 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3466 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3467 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3468                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3469   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3470   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3471   //   - types which will become injected class names
3472   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3473   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3474   // few cases here.
3475 
3476   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3477   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3478   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3479   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3480   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3481   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3482     // Grab the type from the parser.
3483     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3484     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3485     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3486 
3487     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3488     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3489     // attached already.
3490     if (!TSI)
3491       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3492 
3493     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3494     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3495     if (!TSI) return true;
3496 
3497     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3498     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3499     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3500     break;
3501   }
3502 
3503   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3504   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3505     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3506     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3507     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3508     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3509     break;
3510   }
3511 
3512   default:
3513     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3514     break;
3515   }
3516 
3517   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3518   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3519     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3520 
3521     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3522     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3523     // pointer.
3524     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3525       continue;
3526 
3527     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3528     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3529     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3530       return true;
3531   }
3532 
3533   return false;
3534 }
3535 
3536 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3537   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3538   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3539 
3540   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3541       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3542     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3543 
3544   return Dcl;
3545 }
3546 
3547 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3548 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3549 ///   name different from T:
3550 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3551 ///     - every member function of class T
3552 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3553 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3554 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3555                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3556   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3557 
3558   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3559     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3560       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3561       return true;
3562     }
3563 
3564   return false;
3565 }
3566 
3567 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3568 /// nested-name-specifier.
3569 ///
3570 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3571 ///
3572 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3573 /// resolves.
3574 ///
3575 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3576 ///
3577 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3578 ///
3579 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3580 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3581                                         DeclarationName Name,
3582                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3583   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3584   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3585     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3586 
3587   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3588   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3589   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3590   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3591   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3592   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3593   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3594   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3595 
3596   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3597   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3598   //
3599   // class X {
3600   //   void X::f();
3601   // };
3602   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3603     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3604                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3605       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3606     SS.clear();
3607     return false;
3608   }
3609 
3610   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3611   // declaration.
3612   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3613     if (Cur->isRecord())
3614       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3615         << Name << SS.getRange();
3616     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3617       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3618         << Name << SS.getRange();
3619     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3620       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3621         << Name << SS.getRange();
3622     else
3623       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3624       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3625 
3626     return true;
3627   }
3628 
3629   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3630     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3631     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3632       << Name << SS.getRange();
3633     SS.clear();
3634 
3635     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3636     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3637     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3638     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3639          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3640         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3641                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3642       return true;
3643 
3644     return false;
3645   }
3646 
3647   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3648   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3649   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3650   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3651   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3652     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3653   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3654         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3655     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3656       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3657 
3658   return false;
3659 }
3660 
3661 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3662                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3663   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3664   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3665   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3666 
3667   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3668   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3669   if (!Name) {
3670     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3671       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3672            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3673         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3674     return 0;
3675   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3676     return 0;
3677 
3678   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3679   // we find one that is.
3680   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3681          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3682     S = S->getParent();
3683 
3684   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3685   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3686     D.setInvalidType();
3687   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3688     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3689                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3690       return 0;
3691 
3692     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3693     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3694     if (!DC) {
3695       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3696       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3697       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3698       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3699       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3700            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3701         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3702         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3703       return 0;
3704     }
3705     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3706 
3707     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3708         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3709       return 0;
3710 
3711     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3712       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3713            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3714         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3715       D.setInvalidType();
3716     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3717       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3718                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3719         if (DC->isRecord())
3720           return 0;
3721 
3722         D.setInvalidType();
3723       }
3724     }
3725 
3726     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3727     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3728     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3729         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3730       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3731       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3732         D.setInvalidType();
3733     }
3734   }
3735 
3736   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3737     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3738     // Just return early; it's safer.
3739     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3740       return 0;
3741 
3742   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3743   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3744 
3745   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3746                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3747     D.setInvalidType();
3748 
3749   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3750                         ForRedeclaration);
3751 
3752   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3753   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3754     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3755 
3756     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3757     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3758     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3759     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3760       /* Do nothing*/;
3761     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3762       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3763           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3764         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3765     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3766       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3767     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3768              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3769       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3770 
3771     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3772       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3773 
3774     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3775   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3776     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3777 
3778     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3779     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3780     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3781     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3782     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3783     //  thereof; [...]
3784     //
3785     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3786     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3787     // we want to match. For example, given:
3788     //
3789     //   class X {
3790     //     void f();
3791     //     void f(float);
3792     //   };
3793     //
3794     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3795     //
3796     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3797     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3798     // matches.
3799 
3800     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3801     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3802     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3803     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3804     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3805   }
3806 
3807   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3808       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3809     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3810     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3811       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3812                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3813 
3814     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3815     Previous.clear();
3816   }
3817 
3818   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3819   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3820   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3821   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3822   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3823       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3824     Previous.clear();
3825 
3826   NamedDecl *New;
3827 
3828   bool AddToScope = true;
3829   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3830     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3831       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3832       return 0;
3833     }
3834 
3835     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3836   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3837     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3838                                   TemplateParamLists,
3839                                   AddToScope);
3840   } else {
3841     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3842                                   TemplateParamLists);
3843   }
3844 
3845   if (New == 0)
3846     return 0;
3847 
3848   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3849   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3850   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3851        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3852     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3853 
3854   return New;
3855 }
3856 
3857 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
3858 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
3859 /// GCC compatibility).
3860 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3861                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3862                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3863                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3864   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3865   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3866   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3867   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3868   SizeIsNegative = false;
3869   Oversized = 0;
3870 
3871   if (T->isDependentType())
3872     return QualType();
3873 
3874   QualifierCollector Qs;
3875   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3876 
3877   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3878     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3879     QualType FixedType =
3880         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3881                                             Oversized);
3882     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3883     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3884     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3885   }
3886   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3887     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3888     QualType FixedType =
3889         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3890                                             Oversized);
3891     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3892     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3893     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3894   }
3895 
3896   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3897   if (!VLATy)
3898     return QualType();
3899   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3900   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3901     return QualType();
3902 
3903   llvm::APSInt Res;
3904   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3905       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3906     return QualType();
3907 
3908   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3909   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3910     SizeIsNegative = true;
3911     return QualType();
3912   }
3913 
3914   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3915   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3916     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3917                                               Res);
3918   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3919     Oversized = Res;
3920     return QualType();
3921   }
3922 
3923   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3924                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3925 }
3926 
3927 static void
3928 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
3929   if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) {
3930     PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3931     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(),
3932                                       DstPTL->getPointeeLoc());
3933     DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc());
3934     return;
3935   }
3936   if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) {
3937     ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3938     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(),
3939                                       DstPTL->getInnerLoc());
3940     DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc());
3941     DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc());
3942     return;
3943   }
3944   ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL);
3945   ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3946   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc();
3947   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc();
3948   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
3949   DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc());
3950   DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr());
3951   DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc());
3952 }
3953 
3954 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
3955 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
3956 /// GCC compatibility).
3957 static TypeSourceInfo*
3958 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3959                                               ASTContext &Context,
3960                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
3961                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3962   QualType FixedTy
3963     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
3964                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
3965   if (FixedTy.isNull())
3966     return 0;
3967   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
3968   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
3969                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
3970   return FixedTInfo;
3971 }
3972 
3973 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3974 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3975 void
3976 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3977                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3978                                        Scope *S) {
3979   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3980          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3981   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3982   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3983 
3984   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3985     return;
3986 
3987   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3988 
3989   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3990   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3991   // declaration.
3992   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3993     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3994     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3995 
3996     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3997       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3998       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3999       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
4000       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
4001 
4002     } else {
4003       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
4004       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
4005         S = S->getParent();
4006     }
4007 
4008     if (S)
4009       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
4010   }
4011 }
4012 
4013 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4014 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4015   if (ExternalSource) {
4016     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4017     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4018     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
4019     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4020       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4021         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4022       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4023         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4024     }
4025   }
4026 
4027   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
4028 }
4029 
4030 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4031 /// does not identify a function.
4032 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
4033   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4034   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4035   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
4036     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
4037          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4038 
4039   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
4040     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4041          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4042 
4043   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
4044     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4045          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4046 }
4047 
4048 NamedDecl*
4049 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4050                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4051   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4052   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4053     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4054       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4055     D.setInvalidType();
4056     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4057     DC = CurContext;
4058     Previous.clear();
4059   }
4060 
4061   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4062     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4063     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4064   }
4065 
4066   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4067 
4068   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4069     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4070   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4071     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4072       << 1;
4073 
4074   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4075     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4076       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4077     return 0;
4078   }
4079 
4080   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4081   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4082 
4083   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4084   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4085 
4086   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4087 
4088   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4089   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4090   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4091   return ND;
4092 }
4093 
4094 void
4095 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4096   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4097   // then it shall have block scope.
4098   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4099   // that redeclarations will match.
4100   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4101   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4102   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4103     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4104 
4105     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4106       bool SizeIsNegative;
4107       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4108       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4109         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4110                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4111                                                       Oversized);
4112       if (FixedTInfo) {
4113         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4114         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4115       } else {
4116         if (SizeIsNegative)
4117           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4118         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4119           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4120         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4121           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4122             << Oversized.toString(10);
4123         else
4124           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4125         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4126       }
4127     }
4128   }
4129 }
4130 
4131 
4132 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4133 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4134 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4135 NamedDecl*
4136 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4137                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4138   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4139   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4140   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4141                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4142   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4143     Redeclaration = true;
4144     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4145   }
4146 
4147   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4148   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4149     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4150         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4151       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4152         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4153       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4154         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4155       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4156         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4157       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4158         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4159     }
4160 
4161   return NewTD;
4162 }
4163 
4164 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4165 /// previous declaration.
4166 ///
4167 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4168 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4169 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4170 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4171 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4172 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4173 ///
4174 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4175 /// lookup
4176 ///
4177 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4178 /// declared.
4179 ///
4180 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4181 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4182 static bool
4183 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4184                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4185   if (!PrevDecl)
4186     return false;
4187 
4188   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4189     return false;
4190 
4191   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4192     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4193     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4194     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4195     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4196     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4197     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4198     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4199     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4200       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4201       return false;
4202 
4203     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4204     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4205       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4206       return false;
4207 
4208     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4209     // previous declarations.
4210     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4211     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4212 
4213     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4214     // isn't the same function.
4215     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4216       return false;
4217   }
4218 
4219   return true;
4220 }
4221 
4222 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4223   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4224   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4225   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4226 }
4227 
4228 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4229   QualType type = decl->getType();
4230   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4231   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4232     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4233     unsigned kind = -1U;
4234     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4235       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4236         kind = 0; // __block
4237       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4238         kind = 1; // global
4239     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4240       kind = 3; // ivar
4241     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4242       kind = 2; // field
4243     }
4244 
4245     if (kind != -1U) {
4246       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4247         << kind;
4248     }
4249   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4250     // Try to infer lifetime.
4251     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4252       return false;
4253 
4254     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4255     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4256     decl->setType(type);
4257   }
4258 
4259   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4260     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4261     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4262         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
4263       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4264         << var->getType();
4265       return true;
4266     }
4267   }
4268 
4269   return false;
4270 }
4271 
4272 NamedDecl*
4273 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4274                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4275                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4276   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4277   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4278 
4279   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4280   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4281     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4282 
4283   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4284   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4285          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4286   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4287   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4288     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4289     // an error here
4290     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4291     D.setInvalidType();
4292     SC = SC_None;
4293   }
4294   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4295   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4296     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4297 
4298   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4299   if (!II) {
4300     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4301       << Name;
4302     return 0;
4303   }
4304 
4305   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4306 
4307   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4308     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4309     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4310     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4311 
4312       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4313       // is a GNU extension.
4314       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4315         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4316       else
4317         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4318       D.setInvalidType();
4319     }
4320   }
4321 
4322   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4323     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4324     // OpenCL __local address space.
4325     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4326       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4327       SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4328     }
4329   }
4330 
4331   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4332   VarDecl *NewVD;
4333   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4334     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4335                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4336                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4337 
4338     if (D.isInvalidType())
4339       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4340   } else {
4341     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4342       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4343       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4344         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4345              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4346           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4347       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4348         SC = SC_Static;
4349     }
4350     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4351       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4352         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4353           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4354                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4355             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4356 
4357         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4358         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4359         if (RD->isUnion())
4360           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4361                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
4362                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4363                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4364         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4365         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4366           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4367                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4368             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4369       }
4370     }
4371 
4372     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4373     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4374     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4375     bool Invalid = false;
4376     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4377         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4378                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4379                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4380                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4381                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4382                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4383                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4384                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4385                                                   Invalid)) {
4386       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4387         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4388         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4389           << II
4390           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4391                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4392         return 0;
4393       } else {
4394         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4395         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4396         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4397              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4398           << II
4399           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4400                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4401       }
4402     }
4403 
4404     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4405                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4406                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4407 
4408     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4409     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4410     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4411         R->getContainedAutoType())
4412       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4413 
4414     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4415       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4416 
4417     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4418 
4419     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4420       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4421                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4422                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4423     }
4424 
4425     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4426       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4427   }
4428 
4429   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4430   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4431   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4432 
4433   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4434     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4435       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4436     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4437       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4438     else
4439       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4440   }
4441 
4442   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4443     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4444       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4445         << 2
4446         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4447     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4448       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4449         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4450         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4451         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4452     else
4453       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4454   }
4455 
4456   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4457   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4458 
4459   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4460     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4461     // storage [duration]."
4462     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4463         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
4464          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
4465       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4466       NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static);
4467     }
4468   }
4469 
4470   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4471   // retainable type.
4472   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4473     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4474 
4475   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4476   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4477     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4478     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4479     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4480     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4481       switch (SC) {
4482       case SC_None:
4483       case SC_Auto:
4484         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4485         break;
4486       case SC_Register:
4487         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4488           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4489         break;
4490       case SC_Static:
4491       case SC_Extern:
4492       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4493       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4494         break;
4495       }
4496     }
4497 
4498     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4499                                                 Context, Label));
4500   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4501     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4502       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4503     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4504       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4505       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4506     }
4507   }
4508 
4509   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4510   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4511     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4512 
4513   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4514   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4515   // declaration has linkage).
4516   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4517                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4518 
4519   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4520     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4521   } else {
4522     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4523     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4524       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4525           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4526           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4527         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4528         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4529         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4530           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4531         Previous.clear();
4532         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4533       }
4534     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4535       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4536       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4537         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4538         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4539       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4540     }
4541 
4542     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4543 
4544     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4545     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4546         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4547       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4548   }
4549 
4550   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4551   // such variables.
4552   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4553       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4554     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4555 
4556   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4557   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4558   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4559     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4560 
4561   return NewVD;
4562 }
4563 
4564 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4565 /// -Wshadow.
4566 ///
4567 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4568 /// scope.
4569 ///
4570 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4571 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4572 ///
4573 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4574   // Return if warning is ignored.
4575   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4576         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4577     return;
4578 
4579   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4580   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4581     return;
4582 
4583   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4584 
4585   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4586   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4587     return;
4588 
4589   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4590   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4591     return;
4592 
4593   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4594   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4595     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4596       if (MD->isStatic())
4597         return;
4598 
4599   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4600     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4601       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4602       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4603       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4604              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4605            I != E; ++I)
4606         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4607           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4608           break;
4609         }
4610     }
4611 
4612   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4613 
4614   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4615   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4616     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4617     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4618       return;
4619 
4620     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4621     // static data members from base classes?
4622 
4623     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4624     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4625     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4626   }
4627 
4628   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4629   unsigned Kind;
4630   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4631     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4632       Kind = 3; // field
4633     else
4634       Kind = 2; // static data member
4635   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4636     Kind = 1; // global
4637   else
4638     Kind = 0; // local
4639 
4640   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4641 
4642   // Emit warning and note.
4643   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4644   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4645 }
4646 
4647 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4648 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4649   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4650         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4651     return;
4652 
4653   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4654                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4655   LookupName(R, S);
4656   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4657 }
4658 
4659 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4660 /// declaration.
4661 ///
4662 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4663 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4664 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4665 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4666 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4667 ///
4668 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4669 ///
4670 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4671 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4672                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4673   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4674   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4675     return false;
4676 
4677   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4678   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4679 
4680   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4681     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4682       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4683     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4684     NewVD->setType(T);
4685   }
4686 
4687   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4688   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4689   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4690   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4691   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4692     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4693     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4694     return false;
4695   }
4696 
4697   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
4698   // scope.
4699   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
4700       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4701     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
4702     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4703     return false;
4704   }
4705 
4706   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4707       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4708     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4709       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4710     else {
4711       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4712       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4713     }
4714   }
4715 
4716   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4717   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4718       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4719     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4720 
4721   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4722       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4723     bool SizeIsNegative;
4724     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4725     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4726       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4727                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4728     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4729       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4730       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4731       // int a[10][n];
4732       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4733 
4734       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4735         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4736         << SizeRange;
4737       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4738         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4739         << SizeRange;
4740       else
4741         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4742         << SizeRange;
4743       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4744       return false;
4745     }
4746 
4747     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
4748       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4749         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4750       else
4751         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4752       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4753       return false;
4754     }
4755 
4756     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4757     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
4758     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4759   }
4760 
4761   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4762     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4763     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4764     // declaration with the same name.
4765     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4766       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4767     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4768       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4769   }
4770 
4771   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4772     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4773       << T;
4774     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4775     return false;
4776   }
4777 
4778   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4779     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4780     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4781     return false;
4782   }
4783 
4784   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4785     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4786     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4787     return false;
4788   }
4789 
4790   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4791       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4792                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4793     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4794     return false;
4795   }
4796 
4797   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4798     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4799     return true;
4800   }
4801   return false;
4802 }
4803 
4804 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4805 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4806   Sema *S;
4807   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4808 };
4809 
4810 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4811 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4812 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4813 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4814                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4815                                  void *UserData) {
4816   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4817 
4818   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4819     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4820 
4821   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4822 
4823   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4824   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4825     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4826     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4827     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4828 
4829     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4830   }
4831 
4832   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4833        !Path.Decls.empty();
4834        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
4835     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
4836     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4837       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4838         return true;
4839     }
4840   }
4841 
4842   return false;
4843 }
4844 
4845 namespace {
4846   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
4847 }
4848 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
4849 /// overriden methods.
4850 ///
4851 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
4852 /// \param MD the overriding method.
4853 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
4854 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4855                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
4856   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
4857   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
4858                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
4859        I != E; ++I) {
4860     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
4861     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
4862     // out the diag loop 3 times.
4863     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
4864         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
4865         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
4866       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
4867   }
4868 }
4869 
4870 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4871 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4872 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4873   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4874   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4875   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4876   Data.Method = MD;
4877   Data.S = this;
4878   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
4879   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
4880   bool AddedAny = false;
4881   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4882     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4883          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4884       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4885         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4886         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4887             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
4888             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4889             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4890           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
4891           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
4892           AddedAny = true;
4893         }
4894       }
4895     }
4896   }
4897 
4898   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
4899     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
4900   }
4901   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
4902     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
4903   }
4904 
4905   return AddedAny;
4906 }
4907 
4908 namespace {
4909   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4910   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4911   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4912     Scope *S;
4913     Declarator &D;
4914     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4915     bool AddToScope;
4916   };
4917 }
4918 
4919 namespace {
4920 
4921 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4922 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4923 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4924  public:
4925   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4926                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4927       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4928         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4929 
4930   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4931     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4932       return false;
4933 
4934     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4935     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4936                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4937          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4938       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4939 
4940       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4941           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4942         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4943           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4944           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4945             return true;
4946         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4947           return true;
4948         }
4949       }
4950     }
4951 
4952     return false;
4953   }
4954 
4955  private:
4956   ASTContext &Context;
4957   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4958   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
4959 };
4960 
4961 }
4962 
4963 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4964 ///
4965 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4966 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4967 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4968 /// the same name.
4969 ///
4970 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4971 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4972 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4973     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4974     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4975   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4976   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4977   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4978   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4979                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4980   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4981   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4982   TypoCorrection Correction;
4983   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4984                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4985   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4986                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4987 
4988   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4989   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4990   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4991          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4992   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
4993   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
4994                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
4995   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4996     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4997          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4998       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4999       if (FD &&
5000           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5001         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
5002         // involve a parameter
5003         unsigned ParamNum =
5004             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
5005         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
5006       }
5007     }
5008   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
5009   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
5010                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
5011                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
5012     // Trap errors.
5013     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
5014 
5015     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
5016     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
5017                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5018     Previous.clear();
5019     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
5020     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
5021                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
5022          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5023       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5024       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5025           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5026         Previous.addDecl(FD);
5027       }
5028     }
5029     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
5030     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
5031     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
5032     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
5033     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
5034         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
5035         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
5036         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
5037         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
5038     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
5039       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
5040       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
5041                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5042       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
5043       Previous.clear();
5044       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
5045       Result = NULL;
5046     } else {
5047       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
5048                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
5049            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5050         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
5051           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
5052       }
5053     }
5054     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
5055       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
5056       Correction = TypoCorrection();
5057     } else {
5058       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
5059                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
5060     }
5061   }
5062 
5063   if (Correction) {
5064     // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range
5065     // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in
5066     // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix
5067     // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good.
5068     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
5069     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5070     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
5071       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
5072     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
5073         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
5074         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5075             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
5076   } else {
5077     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
5078         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
5079   }
5080 
5081   bool NewFDisConst = false;
5082   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5083     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
5084 
5085   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
5086        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
5087        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
5088     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
5089     bool FDisConst = false;
5090     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
5091       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
5092 
5093     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
5094       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
5095       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
5096       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
5097       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
5098           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
5099     } else if (Correction) {
5100       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
5101           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
5102     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
5103       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
5104           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5105     } else
5106       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
5107   }
5108   return Result;
5109 }
5110 
5111 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
5112                                                           Declarator &D) {
5113   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
5114   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
5115   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
5116   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
5117   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
5118     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5119                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
5120     D.setInvalidType();
5121     break;
5122   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
5123   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
5124   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
5125     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5126       // C99 6.7.1p5:
5127       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
5128       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
5129       //   other than extern
5130       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
5131       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5132                    diag::err_static_block_func);
5133       break;
5134     } else
5135       return SC_Static;
5136   }
5137   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5138   }
5139 
5140   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
5141   return SC_None;
5142 }
5143 
5144 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
5145                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
5146                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5147                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
5148                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
5149   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5150   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5151 
5152   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
5153   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5154   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
5155   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
5156     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
5157 
5158   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5159     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5160     // prototype. This true when:
5161     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
5162     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
5163     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
5164     bool HasPrototype =
5165       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
5166       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
5167 
5168     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5169                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5170                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5171                                  HasPrototype);
5172     if (D.isInvalidType())
5173       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5174 
5175     // Set the lexical context.
5176     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5177 
5178     return NewFD;
5179   }
5180 
5181   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5182   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5183 
5184   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5185   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5186   // the class has been completely parsed.
5187   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5188       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5189                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5190                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5191                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5192     D.setInvalidType();
5193 
5194   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5195     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5196     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5197            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5198 
5199     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5200     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5201                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5202                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5203                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5204                                       isConstexpr);
5205 
5206   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5207     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5208     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5209       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5210       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5211       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5212                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5213                                         D.getLocStart(),
5214                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5215                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5216 
5217       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5218       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5219       // it yet.
5220       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5221           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5222           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5223         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5224       }
5225 
5226       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5227       return NewDD;
5228 
5229     } else {
5230       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5231       D.setInvalidType();
5232 
5233       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5234       // code path.
5235       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5236                                   D.getLocStart(),
5237                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5238                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5239                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5240     }
5241 
5242   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5243     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5244       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5245            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5246       return 0;
5247     }
5248 
5249     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5250     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5251     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5252                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5253                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5254                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5255 
5256   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5257     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5258     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5259     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5260     // constructor if it has no return type).
5261     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5262         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5263       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5264         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5265         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5266       return 0;
5267     }
5268 
5269     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
5270 
5271     // [class.free]p1:
5272     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
5273     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5274     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
5275         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
5276       isStatic = true;
5277 
5278     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
5279     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5280     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5281         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
5282       isStatic = true;
5283 
5284     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
5285 
5286     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5287     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5288                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5289                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5290                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5291 
5292   } else {
5293     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5294     // prototype. This true when:
5295     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5296     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5297                                 D.getLocStart(),
5298                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5299                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5300   }
5301 }
5302 
5303 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5304   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5305   // typedef of void is not permitted.
5306   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5307       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5308     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5309     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5310       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5311     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5312                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5313       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5314     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5315       << IsTypeAlias;
5316   }
5317 }
5318 
5319 NamedDecl*
5320 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5321                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5322                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5323                               bool &AddToScope) {
5324   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5325 
5326   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5327 
5328   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5329   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5330   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5331   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5332 
5333   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
5334     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
5335 
5336   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5337   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5338     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5339          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5340     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5341     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5342 
5343     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5344     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5345     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5346       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5347       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5348                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5349     }
5350     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5351       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5352   }
5353 
5354   bool isFriend = false;
5355   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5356   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5357   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5358 
5359   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5360   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5361   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5362 
5363   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5364 
5365   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5366                                               isVirtualOkay);
5367   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5368 
5369   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5370     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5371 
5372   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5373     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5374     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5375     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5376     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5377     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5378     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5379       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5380       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5381       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5382       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5383     }
5384 
5385     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
5386     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
5387     // return true).
5388     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
5389           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5390       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
5391         NewFD->setPure(true);
5392     }
5393 
5394     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5395     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5396     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5397     if (D.isInvalidType())
5398       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5399 
5400     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5401     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5402     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5403     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5404 
5405     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5406     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5407     bool Invalid = false;
5408     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5409           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5410                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5411                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5412                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5413                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5414                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5415                                   isFriend,
5416                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5417                                   Invalid)) {
5418       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5419         // This is a function template
5420 
5421         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5422         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5423           return 0;
5424 
5425         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5426         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5427           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5428           return 0;
5429         }
5430 
5431         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5432         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5433         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5434         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5435           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5436           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5437             Invalid = true;
5438         }
5439 
5440 
5441         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5442                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5443                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5444                                                         NewFD);
5445         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5446         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5447 
5448         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5449         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5450           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5451                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5452                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
5453         }
5454       } else {
5455         // This is a function template specialization.
5456         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5457         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5458         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5459                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5460                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5461 
5462         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5463         if (isFriend) {
5464           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5465           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5466 
5467           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5468           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5469           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5470           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5471           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5472           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5473           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5474             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5475             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5476           }
5477 
5478           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5479             << Name << RemoveRange
5480             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5481             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5482         }
5483       }
5484     }
5485     else {
5486       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5487       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5488       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5489         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5490         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5491                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5492                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5493     }
5494 
5495     if (Invalid) {
5496       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5497       if (FunctionTemplate)
5498         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5499     }
5500 
5501     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5502     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5503     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5504     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5505     //
5506     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5507       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5508         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5509              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5510       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5511         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5512         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5513              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5514           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5515       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5516         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5517         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5518         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5519              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5520           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5521       } else {
5522         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5523         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5524       }
5525     }
5526 
5527     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5528     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5529     //  declaration.
5530     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5531       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5532         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5533         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5534              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5535           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5536       }
5537     }
5538 
5539     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5540     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5541     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5542     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5543     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5544       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5545         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5546         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5547              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5548           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5549       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5550                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5551         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5552         // or conversion function.
5553         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5554              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5555           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5556       }
5557     }
5558 
5559     if (isConstexpr) {
5560       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5561       // are implicitly inline.
5562       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5563 
5564       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5565       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5566       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5567       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5568         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5569     }
5570 
5571     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5572     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5573       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5574         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5575           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5576         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5577           << 0
5578           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5579       } else {
5580         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5581         if (FunctionTemplate)
5582           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5583       }
5584     }
5585 
5586     if (isFriend) {
5587       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5588       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5589         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5590         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5591       }
5592       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5593       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5594     }
5595 
5596     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5597     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5598       case FDK_Declaration:
5599       case FDK_Definition:
5600         break;
5601 
5602       case FDK_Defaulted:
5603         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5604         break;
5605 
5606       case FDK_Deleted:
5607         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5608         break;
5609     }
5610 
5611     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5612         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5613       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5614       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5615       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5616       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5617     }
5618 
5619     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5620         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5621       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5622       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5623       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5624       //   the class.
5625 
5626       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5627       // member function definition.
5628       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5629            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5630         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5631     }
5632 
5633     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
5634     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
5635     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
5636     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5637     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5638          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
5639         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
5640       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5641       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
5642       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
5643                                              FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5644                                              FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI));
5645     }
5646   }
5647 
5648   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5649   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5650                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5651                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5652 
5653   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5654   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5655     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5656     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5657     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5658                                                 SE->getString()));
5659   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5660     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5661       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5662     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5663       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5664       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5665     }
5666   }
5667 
5668   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5669   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5670   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5671   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5672     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5673 
5674     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5675     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5676     // single void argument.
5677     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5678     // already checks for that case.
5679     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5680         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5681         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5682       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5683       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
5684     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5685       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5686         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5687         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5688         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5689         Params.push_back(Param);
5690 
5691         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5692           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5693       }
5694     }
5695 
5696   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5697     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5698     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5699     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5700     //
5701     // @code
5702     // typedef void fn(int);
5703     // fn f;
5704     // @endcode
5705 
5706     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5707     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5708          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5709       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5710         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5711       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5712       Params.push_back(Param);
5713     }
5714   } else {
5715     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5716            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5717   }
5718 
5719   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5720   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5721 
5722   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5723   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5724   //
5725   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5726   //
5727   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5728   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5729   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5730 
5731   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5732   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5733                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5734 
5735   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5736   // because all functions have linkage.
5737   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5738       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5739     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5740     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5741   }
5742 
5743   // Handle attributes.
5744   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5745                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5746 
5747   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
5748   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
5749       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
5750   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
5751       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
5752     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
5753     if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) {
5754       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
5755                                                         Context));
5756     }
5757   }
5758 
5759   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5760     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5761     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5762     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5763       if (NewFD->isMain())
5764         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5765       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5766                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5767     }
5768     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
5769     else if (!Previous.empty())
5770            D.setRedeclaration(true);
5771     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5772             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5773            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5774   } else {
5775     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5776     // argument list into our AST format.
5777     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5778       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5779       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5780       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5781       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5782                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5783       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5784                                  TemplateArgs);
5785 
5786       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5787 
5788       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5789         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5790       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5791         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5792         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5793           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5794 
5795         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5796       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5797                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5798         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5799         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5800         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5801         // too few of them).
5802         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5803           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5804           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5805                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5806                                         "template<> ");
5807         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5808       } else {
5809         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5810         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5811       }
5812     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5813       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5814       // wrote something like:
5815       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5816       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5817       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5818       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5819       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5820         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5821       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5822     }
5823 
5824     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5825     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5826     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5827     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5828     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5829     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5830         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5831          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5832             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5833             InstantiationDependent))) {
5834       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5835              "friend function specialization without template args");
5836       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5837                                                        Previous))
5838         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5839     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5840       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5841           && !isFriend) {
5842         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5843         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5844           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5845           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5846           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5847       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5848                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5849                                                      Previous))
5850         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5851 
5852       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5853       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5854       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5855       if (SC != SC_None) {
5856         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5857           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5858                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5859             << SC
5860             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5861                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5862 
5863         else
5864           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5865                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5866             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5867                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5868       }
5869 
5870     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5871       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5872           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5873     }
5874 
5875     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5876     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5877       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5878         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5879         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5880         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5881           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5882       } else {
5883         if (NewFD->isMain())
5884           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5885         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5886                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5887       }
5888     }
5889 
5890     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5891             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5892            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5893 
5894     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5895                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5896                                 : NewFD);
5897 
5898     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5899       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5900       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5901         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5902 
5903       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5904       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5905 
5906       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5907     }
5908 
5909     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5910         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5911       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5912 
5913     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5914     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5915     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5916       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5917                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5918       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5919                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5920                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5921                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5922                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5923                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5924                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5925                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5926                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5927                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5928                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5929     }
5930 
5931     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5932       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5933     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5934       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5935                                        AddToScope };
5936       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5937       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5938         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5939 
5940       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5941       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5942         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5943         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5944 
5945         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5946         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5947         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5948         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5949         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5950         // can actually do this check immediately.
5951         if (isFriend &&
5952             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5953              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5954              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5955           // ignore these
5956         } else {
5957           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5958           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5959           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5960           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5961           //
5962           // class X {
5963           //   void f() const;
5964           // };
5965           //
5966           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5967           //
5968           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5969           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5970           // whether the parameter types are references).
5971 
5972           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5973                                                                NewFD,
5974                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5975             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5976             return Result;
5977           }
5978         }
5979 
5980         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5981         // to something.
5982       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5983         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5984                                                              NewFD,
5985                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5986           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5987           return Result;
5988         }
5989       }
5990 
5991     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5992                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5993                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5994       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5995       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5996       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5997       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5998       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5999       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
6000       // generate them.
6001       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
6002         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6003     }
6004   }
6005 
6006   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
6007 
6008   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
6009       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6010     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6011          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
6012       << NewFD;
6013 
6014     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
6015     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
6016     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
6017     EPI.Variadic = true;
6018     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
6019 
6020     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
6021     NewFD->setType(R);
6022   }
6023 
6024   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
6025   // member, set the visibility of this function.
6026   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
6027     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
6028 
6029   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
6030   // marking the function.
6031   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
6032 
6033   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
6034   // map of such names.
6035   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
6036       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6037     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
6038 
6039   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
6040   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
6041 
6042   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6043     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6044       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6045         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6046       return FunctionTemplate;
6047     }
6048   }
6049 
6050   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
6051   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6052       && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()
6053       && (SC == SC_Static)) {
6054     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
6055     D.setInvalidType();
6056   }
6057 
6058   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
6059 
6060   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
6061     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
6062       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6063           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6064         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
6065           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
6066             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
6067 
6068           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
6069         }
6070       }
6071 
6072   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
6073   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
6074   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
6075   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6076     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
6077                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
6078                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
6079                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
6080                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
6081     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
6082     AddToScope = false;
6083   }
6084 
6085   return NewFD;
6086 }
6087 
6088 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
6089 ///
6090 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
6091 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
6092 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
6093 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
6094 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
6095 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
6096 /// via InstantiateDecl).
6097 ///
6098 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
6099 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
6100 ///
6101 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
6102 ///
6103 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
6104 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6105                                     LookupResult &Previous,
6106                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
6107   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
6108          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
6109 
6110   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
6111   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
6112     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
6113     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
6114     // declaration with the same name.
6115     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
6116       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
6117     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
6118       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
6119   }
6120 
6121   bool Redeclaration = false;
6122 
6123   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
6124   // the same name, if appropriate.
6125   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6126     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
6127     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
6128     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
6129     // function to the scope.
6130 
6131     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
6132     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
6133       Redeclaration = true;
6134       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6135     } else {
6136       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
6137                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
6138       case Ovl_Match:
6139         Redeclaration = true;
6140         break;
6141 
6142       case Ovl_NonFunction:
6143         Redeclaration = true;
6144         break;
6145 
6146       case Ovl_Overload:
6147         Redeclaration = false;
6148         break;
6149       }
6150 
6151       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
6152         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
6153         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
6154         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
6155           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
6156         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
6157         if (Redeclaration)
6158           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
6159         else if (!Previous.empty())
6160           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
6161         if (OverloadedDecl)
6162           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
6163                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
6164         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
6165                                                         Context));
6166       }
6167     }
6168 
6169     if (Redeclaration) {
6170       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
6171       // merged.
6172       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
6173         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6174         return Redeclaration;
6175       }
6176 
6177       Previous.clear();
6178       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
6179 
6180       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
6181                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6182         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
6183         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
6184           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6185         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
6186         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
6187               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
6188           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6189           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6190         }
6191 
6192         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
6193         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
6194         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
6195             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
6196           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
6197           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
6198         }
6199 
6200       } else {
6201         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
6202           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
6203         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6204       }
6205     }
6206   }
6207 
6208   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6209   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6210     // C++-specific checks.
6211     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6212       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6213     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6214                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6215       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6216       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6217 
6218       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6219       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6220       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6221         DeclarationName Name
6222           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6223                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6224         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6225           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6226           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6227           return Redeclaration;
6228         }
6229       }
6230     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6231                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6232       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6233     }
6234 
6235     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6236     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6237       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6238           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
6239           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
6240         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6241           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6242           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6243             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
6244           }
6245         }
6246       }
6247 
6248       if (Method->isStatic())
6249         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6250     }
6251 
6252     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6253     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6254         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6255       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6256       return Redeclaration;
6257     }
6258 
6259     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6260     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6261         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6262       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6263       return Redeclaration;
6264     }
6265 
6266     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6267     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6268     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6269     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6270       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6271 
6272     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6273     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6274     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6275       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6276       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
6277       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6278       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6279         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6280         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6281         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6282       }
6283     }
6284 
6285     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6286     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6287     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6288     if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
6289       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6290       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6291         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6292             << NewFD << R;
6293       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6294                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6295         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6296     }
6297   }
6298   return Redeclaration;
6299 }
6300 
6301 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6302   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6303   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6304   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
6305   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
6306   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6307   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6308     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6309          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6310       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6311   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6312     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6313       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6314   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6315     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6316       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6317     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6318   }
6319 
6320   QualType T = FD->getType();
6321   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6322   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6323 
6324   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6325   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6326     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6327     // set the flag which tells us that.
6328     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6329     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6330 
6331   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6332   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6333   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6334   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6335     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6336 
6337   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6338   } else {
6339     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6340     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6341   }
6342 
6343   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6344   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6345 
6346   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6347   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6348   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6349 
6350   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6351 
6352   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6353   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6354   // getting shifty.
6355   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6356     HasExtraParameters = false;
6357 
6358   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6359     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6360     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6361     nparams = 3;
6362   }
6363 
6364   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6365   // if we had some location information about types.
6366 
6367   QualType CharPP =
6368     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6369   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6370 
6371   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6372     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6373 
6374     bool mismatch = true;
6375 
6376     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6377       mismatch = false;
6378     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6379       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6380       //   char const **
6381       //   char const * const *
6382       //   char * const *
6383 
6384       QualifierCollector qs;
6385       const PointerType* PT;
6386       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6387           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6388           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6389         qs.removeConst();
6390         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6391       }
6392     }
6393 
6394     if (mismatch) {
6395       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6396       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6397       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6398     }
6399   }
6400 
6401   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6402     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6403   }
6404 
6405   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6406     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6407     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6408   }
6409 }
6410 
6411 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6412   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6413   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6414   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6415   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6416   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6417   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6418   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6419   // rules there don't matter.)
6420   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6421     return false;
6422   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6423     << Init->getSourceRange();
6424   return true;
6425 }
6426 
6427 namespace {
6428   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6429   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6430   class SelfReferenceChecker
6431       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6432     Sema &S;
6433     Decl *OrigDecl;
6434     bool isRecordType;
6435     bool isPODType;
6436     bool isReferenceType;
6437 
6438   public:
6439     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6440 
6441     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6442                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6443       isPODType = false;
6444       isRecordType = false;
6445       isReferenceType = false;
6446       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6447         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6448         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6449         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
6450       }
6451     }
6452 
6453     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6454     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6455     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6456     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6457       if (isReferenceType)
6458         return;
6459       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6460       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6461         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6462         return;
6463       }
6464 
6465       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6466         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6467         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6468         return;
6469       }
6470 
6471       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6472         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6473         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6474           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
6475           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6476             return;
6477           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6478         }
6479         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
6480           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6481         return;
6482       }
6483     }
6484 
6485     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
6486     // bad, not just r-value uses.
6487     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
6488       if (isReferenceType)
6489         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
6490     }
6491 
6492     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6493       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
6494           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6495         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6496 
6497       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6498     }
6499 
6500     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6501       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6502       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6503 
6504       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
6505       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
6506       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
6507       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
6508       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6509       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6510         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6511           Warn = false;
6512         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6513       }
6514 
6515       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
6516         if (Warn)
6517           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6518         return;
6519       }
6520 
6521       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
6522       // Visit that expression.
6523       Visit(Base);
6524     }
6525 
6526     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6527       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6528       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
6529           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
6530         if (!isPODType)
6531           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6532         return;
6533       }
6534       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6535     }
6536 
6537     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6538 
6539     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6540       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6541       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6542       unsigned diag = isReferenceType
6543           ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init
6544           : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
6545       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6546                             S.PDiag(diag)
6547                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
6548                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6549                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6550     }
6551   };
6552 
6553   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6554   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
6555                                  bool DirectInit) {
6556     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
6557     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
6558     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
6559       return;
6560 
6561     E = E->IgnoreParens();
6562 
6563     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
6564     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6565     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
6566       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
6567         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
6568           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
6569             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
6570               return;
6571 
6572     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
6573   }
6574 }
6575 
6576 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6577 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6578 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6579 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6580                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6581   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6582   // the initializer.
6583   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6584     return;
6585 
6586   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6587     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6588     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6589     // Thus this grotesque test.
6590     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6591     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6592         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6593       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6594     else {
6595       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6596         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6597       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6598     }
6599     return;
6600   }
6601 
6602   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6603   if (!VDecl) {
6604     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6605     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6606     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6607     return;
6608   }
6609 
6610   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6611 
6612   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6613   AutoType *Auto = 0;
6614   if (TypeMayContainAuto &&
6615       (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) &&
6616       !Auto->isDeduced()) {
6617     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6618     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6619     // contains exactly one expression.
6620     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6621       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6622         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6623         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6624         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6625              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6626           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6627           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6628         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6629         return;
6630       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6631         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6632              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6633           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6634           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6635         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6636         return;
6637       } else {
6638         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6639       }
6640     }
6641     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6642     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6643             DAR_Failed)
6644       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6645     if (!DeducedType) {
6646       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6647       return;
6648     }
6649     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6650     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6651     VDecl->ClearLVCache();
6652 
6653     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6654     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6655       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6656 
6657     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6658     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6659     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6660     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6661     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6662         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6663       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6664       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6665         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6666     }
6667 
6668     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6669     // the previously declared type.
6670     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6671       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6672   }
6673 
6674   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6675     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6676     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6677     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6678     return;
6679   }
6680 
6681   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6682     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6683     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6684     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6685     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6686     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6687       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6688     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6689                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6690       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6691       return;
6692     }
6693 
6694     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6695     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6696                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6697                                AbstractVariableType))
6698       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6699   }
6700 
6701   const VarDecl *Def;
6702   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6703     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6704       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6705     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6706     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6707     return;
6708   }
6709 
6710   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6711   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6712     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6713     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6714     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6715     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6716     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6717     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6718     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6719     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6720     //
6721     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6722     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6723     // declaration with an initializer.
6724     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6725       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6726         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6727       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6728       return;
6729     }
6730 
6731     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6732       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6733 
6734     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6735       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6736       return;
6737     }
6738   }
6739 
6740   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6741   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6742   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6743     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6744     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6745     return;
6746   }
6747 
6748   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6749   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6750   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6751 
6752   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6753   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6754   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6755     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6756       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6757       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6758         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6759         return;
6760       }
6761       Init = Result.take();
6762     }
6763 
6764   // Perform the initialization.
6765   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6766     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6767     InitializationKind Kind
6768       = DirectInit ?
6769           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6770                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6771                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6772                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6773                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6774                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6775                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6776 
6777     Expr **Args = &Init;
6778     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6779     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6780       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6781       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6782     }
6783     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6784     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6785                                         MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT);
6786     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6787       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6788       return;
6789     }
6790 
6791     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6792   }
6793 
6794   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6795   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
6796   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
6797   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
6798       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
6799     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
6800   }
6801 
6802   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6803   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6804   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6805   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6806   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6807     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6808 
6809   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6810   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6811 
6812   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6813     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6814 
6815     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6816       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
6817 
6818     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
6819     // Although this code can still have problems:
6820     //   id x = self.weakProp;
6821     //   id y = self.weakProp;
6822     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
6823     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
6824     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
6825     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
6826       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
6827         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
6828                                  Init->getLocStart());
6829       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
6830         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
6831     }
6832   }
6833 
6834   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6835   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6836   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6837 
6838   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6839     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6840     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6841     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6842     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6843         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6844       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6845   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6846              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6847     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6848     //
6849     // struct S {
6850     //   static const int value = 17;
6851     // };
6852 
6853     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6854     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6855     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6856     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6857     //
6858     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6859     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6860     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6861     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6862     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6863     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6864     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6865     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6866     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6867 
6868     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6869     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6870 
6871     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6872     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6873     // type.
6874     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6875 
6876     // Require constness.
6877     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6878       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6879         << Init->getSourceRange();
6880       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6881 
6882     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6883     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6884       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6885       SourceLocation Loc;
6886       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6887         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6888         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6889         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6890       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6891         ; // Nothing to check.
6892       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6893         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6894       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6895         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6896         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6897         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6898           << Init->getSourceRange();
6899       } else {
6900         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6901         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6902         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6903           << Init->getSourceRange();
6904         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6905       }
6906 
6907     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6908     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6909       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6910         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6911       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
6912         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6913              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6914           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6915 
6916       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6917         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6918           << Init->getSourceRange();
6919         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6920       }
6921 
6922     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6923     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6924       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6925         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6926         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6927       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6928 
6929     } else {
6930       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6931         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6932       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6933     }
6934   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6935     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6936         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6937          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6938       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6939 
6940     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6941     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6942       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6943   }
6944 
6945   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
6946   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
6947   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
6948   //
6949   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
6950   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
6951   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
6952   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
6953   // special case code.
6954 
6955   // C++ 8.5p11:
6956   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
6957   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
6958   // class type.
6959   if (CXXDirectInit) {
6960     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
6961     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6962   } else if (DirectInit) {
6963     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
6964     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
6965   }
6966 
6967   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6968 }
6969 
6970 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6971 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6972 /// of sanity.
6973 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6974   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6975   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6976   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6977 
6978   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6979   if (!VD) return;
6980 
6981   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6982   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6983     D->setInvalidDecl();
6984     return;
6985   }
6986 
6987   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6988   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6989 
6990   // Require a complete type.
6991   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6992                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6993                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6994     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6995     return;
6996   }
6997 
6998   // Require an abstract type.
6999   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
7000                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7001                              AbstractVariableType)) {
7002     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7003     return;
7004   }
7005 
7006   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
7007   // though.
7008 }
7009 
7010 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
7011                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7012   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
7013   if (RealDecl == 0)
7014     return;
7015 
7016   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7017     QualType Type = Var->getType();
7018 
7019     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
7020     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
7021       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
7022         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
7023       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7024       return;
7025     }
7026 
7027     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
7028     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
7029     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
7030     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
7031     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
7032     // member.
7033     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7034       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
7035         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7036              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
7037           << Var->getDeclName();
7038       else
7039         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
7040       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7041       return;
7042     }
7043 
7044     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7045     case VarDecl::Definition:
7046       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
7047         break;
7048 
7049       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
7050       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
7051       // a declaration.
7052       //
7053       // Fall through
7054 
7055     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
7056       // It's only a declaration.
7057 
7058       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
7059       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
7060       // object shall be complete.
7061       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
7062           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7063           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7064                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
7065         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7066 
7067       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
7068       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7069           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7070                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7071                                  AbstractVariableType))
7072         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7073       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7074           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
7075         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
7076         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
7077       }
7078 
7079       return;
7080 
7081     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
7082       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
7083       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
7084       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
7085       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
7086       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
7087       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
7088         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
7089                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
7090           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7091                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
7092                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
7093             Var->setInvalidDecl();
7094         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7095           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
7096           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
7097           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
7098           // NOTE: code such as the following
7099           //     static struct s;
7100           //     struct s { int a; };
7101           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
7102           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
7103           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
7104           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
7105             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7106                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
7107         }
7108       }
7109 
7110       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
7111       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
7112         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
7113       return;
7114     }
7115 
7116     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7117     // definitions with incomplete array type.
7118     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
7119       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7120            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
7121       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7122       return;
7123     }
7124 
7125     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7126     // definitions with reference type.
7127     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
7128       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
7129         << Var->getDeclName()
7130         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
7131       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7132       return;
7133     }
7134 
7135     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
7136     // variable with dependent type.
7137     if (Type->isDependentType())
7138       return;
7139 
7140     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
7141       return;
7142 
7143     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7144                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
7145                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7146       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7147       return;
7148     }
7149 
7150     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7151     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7152                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7153                                AbstractVariableType)) {
7154       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7155       return;
7156     }
7157 
7158     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
7159     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
7160     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
7161     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
7162     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
7163     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
7164     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
7165     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
7166     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
7167     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
7168     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7169       if (const RecordType *Record
7170             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
7171         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
7172         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
7173         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
7174         // incompatibilities with C++98.
7175         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
7176           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7177       }
7178     }
7179 
7180     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
7181     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
7182     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
7183     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
7184     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
7185     //   type shall have a user-declared default
7186     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
7187     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
7188     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
7189     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
7190     //   program is ill-formed.
7191     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
7192     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
7193     //   default-initialized; [...].
7194     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
7195     InitializationKind Kind
7196       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
7197 
7198     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
7199     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg());
7200     if (Init.isInvalid())
7201       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7202     else if (Init.get()) {
7203       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
7204       // This is important for template substitution.
7205       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7206     }
7207 
7208     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
7209   }
7210 }
7211 
7212 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
7213   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7214   if (!VD) {
7215     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
7216     D->setInvalidDecl();
7217     return;
7218   }
7219 
7220   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
7221 
7222   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
7223   int Error = -1;
7224   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
7225   case SC_None:
7226     break;
7227   case SC_Extern:
7228     Error = 0;
7229     break;
7230   case SC_Static:
7231     Error = 1;
7232     break;
7233   case SC_PrivateExtern:
7234     Error = 2;
7235     break;
7236   case SC_Auto:
7237     Error = 3;
7238     break;
7239   case SC_Register:
7240     Error = 4;
7241     break;
7242   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
7243     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
7244   }
7245   if (VD->isConstexpr())
7246     Error = 5;
7247   if (Error != -1) {
7248     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
7249       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
7250     D->setInvalidDecl();
7251   }
7252 }
7253 
7254 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
7255   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7256 
7257   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
7258   // local retaining variable.
7259   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7260       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7261     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
7262     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
7263     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
7264     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
7265       break;
7266 
7267     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
7268     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
7269       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7270       break;
7271     }
7272   }
7273 
7274   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
7275       var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage &&
7276       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
7277                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
7278                        var->getLocation())) {
7279     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
7280     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
7281     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
7282       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
7283 
7284     if (!prev)
7285       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
7286   }
7287 
7288   // All the following checks are C++ only.
7289   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
7290 
7291   QualType type = var->getType();
7292   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
7293 
7294   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
7295   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7296     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
7297     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
7298 
7299     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
7300     // constructing this copy.
7301     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
7302       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
7303       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
7304       ExprResult result =
7305         PerformCopyInitialization(
7306                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
7307                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
7308       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
7309         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
7310         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
7311         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
7312       }
7313     }
7314   }
7315 
7316   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
7317   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
7318   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
7319 
7320   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
7321       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
7322     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
7323         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
7324                                             var->getLocation())
7325           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
7326         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
7327       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
7328         << Init->getSourceRange();
7329 
7330     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
7331       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
7332       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
7333         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
7334         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
7335         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
7336         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
7337               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
7338           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
7339           Notes.clear();
7340         }
7341         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
7342           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
7343         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
7344           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
7345       }
7346     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
7347       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
7348       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
7349       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
7350       var->checkInitIsICE();
7351     }
7352   }
7353 
7354   // Require the destructor.
7355   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
7356     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
7357 }
7358 
7359 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
7360 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
7361 void
7362 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
7363   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
7364   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
7365 
7366   const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
7367   if (!VD)
7368     return;
7369 
7370   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
7371     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
7372 
7373   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
7374   // tag values.
7375   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
7376       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
7377     return;
7378 
7379   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
7380          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
7381          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
7382        I != E; ++I) {
7383     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
7384     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
7385       continue;
7386     }
7387     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
7388     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
7389       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7390            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
7391         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7392       continue;
7393     }
7394     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
7395       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7396            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
7397         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7398       continue;
7399     }
7400     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
7401     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
7402                                MagicValue,
7403                                I->getMatchingCType(),
7404                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
7405                                I->getMustBeNull());
7406   }
7407 }
7408 
7409 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7410 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7411                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7412   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
7413 
7414   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
7415     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
7416 
7417   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7418     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
7419       Decls.push_back(D);
7420 
7421   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType()))
7422     if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl()))
7423       getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
7424 
7425   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
7426                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
7427 }
7428 
7429 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
7430 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
7431 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7432 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
7433                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7434   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
7435   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
7436   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
7437   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
7438   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
7439   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
7440   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
7441   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7442     QualType Deduced;
7443     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7444     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7445     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7446       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7447         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7448         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7449         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7450           break;
7451         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7452           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7453           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7454           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7455             Deduced = U;
7456             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7457             DeducedDecl = D;
7458           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7459             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7460                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7461               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7462               << U << D->getDeclName()
7463               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7464               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7465             D->setInvalidDecl();
7466             break;
7467           }
7468         }
7469       }
7470     }
7471   }
7472 
7473   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
7474 
7475   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7476 }
7477 
7478 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
7479   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
7480 }
7481 
7482 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7483   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
7484   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
7485    return;
7486 
7487   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
7488                                Group[0]->getLocation())
7489         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7490     return;
7491 
7492   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
7493     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
7494     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
7495     // additional declaration references:
7496     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
7497     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
7498     //   'struct S *pS;'
7499     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
7500     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
7501     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
7502       Group++;
7503       NumDecls--;
7504     }
7505   }
7506 
7507   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
7508   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
7509   if (!Comments.empty() &&
7510       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
7511     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
7512     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
7513     //
7514     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
7515     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
7516     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
7517     // ahead through comments.
7518     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7519       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
7520   }
7521 }
7522 
7523 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7524 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7525 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7526   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7527 
7528   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7529   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7530   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7531   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7532   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7533     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7534     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7535   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7536              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7537     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7538     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7539   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7540     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7541          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7542     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7543   }
7544 
7545   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7546     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7547   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7548     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7549       << 0;
7550 
7551   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7552 
7553   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7554   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7555 
7556   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7557     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7558     // parameter.
7559     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7560 
7561     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7562     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7563       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7564         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7565       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7566     }
7567   }
7568 
7569   // Ensure we have a valid name
7570   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7571   if (D.hasName()) {
7572     II = D.getIdentifier();
7573     if (!II) {
7574       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7575         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7576       D.setInvalidType(true);
7577     }
7578   }
7579 
7580   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7581   if (II) {
7582     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7583                    ForRedeclaration);
7584     LookupName(R, S);
7585     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7586       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7587       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7588         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7589         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7590         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7591         PrevDecl = 0;
7592       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7593         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7594         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7595 
7596         // Recover by removing the name
7597         II = 0;
7598         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7599         D.setInvalidType(true);
7600       }
7601     }
7602   }
7603 
7604   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7605   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7606   // looking like class members in C++.
7607   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7608                                     D.getLocStart(),
7609                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7610                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7611                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7612 
7613   if (D.isInvalidType())
7614     New->setInvalidDecl();
7615 
7616   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7617   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7618   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7619                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7620 
7621   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7622   S->AddDecl(New);
7623   if (II)
7624     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7625 
7626   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7627 
7628   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7629     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7630       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7631       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7632       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7633 
7634   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7635     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7636   }
7637   return New;
7638 }
7639 
7640 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7641 /// typedef.
7642 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7643                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7644                                               QualType T) {
7645   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7646      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7647      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7648   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7649                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7650                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7651   Param->setImplicit();
7652   return Param;
7653 }
7654 
7655 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7656                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7657   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7658   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7659   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7660     return;
7661 
7662   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7663     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7664         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7665       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7666         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7667     }
7668   }
7669 }
7670 
7671 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7672                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7673                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7674                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7675   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7676     return;
7677 
7678   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7679   // threshold.
7680   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7681     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7682     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7683       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7684           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7685   }
7686 
7687   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7688   // threshold.
7689   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7690     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7691     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7692       continue;
7693     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7694     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7695       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7696           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7697   }
7698 }
7699 
7700 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7701                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7702                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7703                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7704                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7705   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7706   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7707       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7708       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7709 
7710     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7711 
7712     // Special cases for arrays:
7713     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7714     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7715     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7716       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7717         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7718             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7719             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7720       }
7721       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7722     } else {
7723       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7724     }
7725     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7726   }
7727 
7728   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7729                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7730                                          TSInfo,
7731                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7732                                          0);
7733 
7734   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7735   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7736   // the class has been completely parsed.
7737   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7738       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7739                              AbstractParamType))
7740     New->setInvalidDecl();
7741 
7742   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7743   // passed by reference.
7744   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7745     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7746     Diag(NameLoc,
7747          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7748       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7749     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7750     New->setType(T);
7751   }
7752 
7753   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7754   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7755   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7756   // an address space.
7757   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7758     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7759     New->setInvalidDecl();
7760   }
7761 
7762   return New;
7763 }
7764 
7765 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7766                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7767   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7768 
7769   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7770   // for a K&R function.
7771   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7772     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7773       --i;
7774       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7775         SmallString<256> Code;
7776         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7777                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7778                                         << ";\n";
7779         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7780           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7781           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7782 
7783         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7784         // type.
7785         AttributeFactory attrs;
7786         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7787         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7788         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7789         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7790                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7791         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
7792         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7793         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7794         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7795         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7796         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7797       }
7798     }
7799   }
7800 }
7801 
7802 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7803   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7804   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7805   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7806 
7807   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7808   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
7809   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7810 }
7811 
7812 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
7813                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
7814   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7815   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7816     return false;
7817 
7818   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7819   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7820     return false;
7821 
7822   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7823   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7824     return false;
7825 
7826   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7827   if (FD->isMain())
7828     return false;
7829 
7830   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7831   if (FD->isInlined())
7832     return false;
7833 
7834   // Don't warn about function templates.
7835   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7836     return false;
7837 
7838   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7839   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7840     return false;
7841 
7842   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
7843   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
7844     return false;
7845 
7846   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7847   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7848        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7849     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7850     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7851     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7852       continue;
7853 
7854     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7855     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
7856       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
7857     break;
7858   }
7859 
7860   return MissingPrototype;
7861 }
7862 
7863 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7864   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7865   // was an extern inline function.
7866   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7867   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7868       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7869     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7870         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7871       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7872         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7873     else
7874       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7875     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7876     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7877   }
7878 }
7879 
7880 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7881   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7882   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7883 
7884   if (!D)
7885     return D;
7886   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7887 
7888   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7889     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7890   else
7891     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7892 
7893   // Enter a new function scope
7894   PushFunctionScope();
7895 
7896   // See if this is a redefinition.
7897   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7898     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7899 
7900   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7901   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7902     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7903       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7904       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7905     }
7906   }
7907 
7908   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7909   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7910   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7911   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7912       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7913       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7914                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7915     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7916 
7917   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7918   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7919   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7920   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7921   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7922   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
7923   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
7924     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7925 
7926     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
7927       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
7928       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
7929       TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo();
7930       TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
7931       if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL))
7932         Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
7933              diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
7934           << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
7935           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void");
7936     }
7937   }
7938 
7939   if (FnBodyScope)
7940     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7941 
7942   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7943   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7944                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7945 
7946   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7947   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7948     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7949     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7950 
7951     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7952     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7953       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7954 
7955       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7956     }
7957   }
7958 
7959   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
7960   // introduce them into the function scope.
7961   if (FnBodyScope) {
7962     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
7963            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
7964       NamedDecl *D = *I;
7965 
7966       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
7967       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
7968       // and reattach to the current context.
7969       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
7970         // Is the decl actually in the context?
7971         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
7972                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
7973           if (*DI == D) {
7974             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
7975             break;
7976           }
7977         }
7978         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
7979         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7980       }
7981 
7982       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
7983       if (!D->getName().empty())
7984         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7985 
7986       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
7987       // accessible in this scope.
7988       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
7989         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
7990                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
7991           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7992       }
7993     }
7994   }
7995 
7996   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
7997   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
7998     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
7999 
8000   // Checking attributes of current function definition
8001   // dllimport attribute.
8002   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
8003   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
8004     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
8005     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
8006     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
8007         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
8008       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8009            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
8010         << "dllimport";
8011       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8012       return D;
8013     }
8014 
8015     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
8016     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
8017     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
8018       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
8019       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
8020       // emitted.
8021       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8022            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
8023         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
8024     }
8025   }
8026   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
8027   // a function template).
8028   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
8029   return D;
8030 }
8031 
8032 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
8033 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
8034 /// optimization.
8035 ///
8036 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
8037 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
8038 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
8039 /// use the named return value optimization.
8040 ///
8041 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
8042 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
8043 /// the NRVO variable.
8044 ///
8045 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
8046 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
8047 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
8048 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
8049   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
8050 
8051   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
8052   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
8053     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8054       return;
8055 
8056     if (!NRVOCandidate)
8057       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
8058     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8059       return;
8060   }
8061 
8062   if (NRVOCandidate)
8063     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
8064 }
8065 
8066 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
8067   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
8068     return false;
8069 
8070   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
8071     return true;
8072 
8073   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8074   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8075     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
8076   else
8077     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8078 
8079   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
8080   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
8081   // rest of the file.
8082   return !FD->isConstexpr();
8083 }
8084 
8085 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
8086   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
8087     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
8088   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
8089     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
8090   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
8091 }
8092 
8093 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
8094   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
8095 }
8096 
8097 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
8098                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
8099   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8100   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
8101   if (FunTmpl)
8102     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8103   else
8104     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
8105 
8106   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
8107   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
8108 
8109   if (FD) {
8110     FD->setBody(Body);
8111 
8112     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
8113     // don't complain about missing return statements.
8114     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
8115       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
8116 
8117     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
8118     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
8119     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
8120       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
8121 
8122     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8123       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
8124       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8125                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
8126 
8127       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
8128       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
8129         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
8130 
8131       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
8132       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
8133       // to deduce an implicit return type.
8134       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
8135           !FD->isDependentContext())
8136         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8137     }
8138 
8139     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
8140            "Function parsing confused");
8141   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
8142     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
8143     MD->setBody(Body);
8144     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8145       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
8146       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
8147                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
8148 
8149       if (Body)
8150         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8151     }
8152     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
8153       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
8154         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
8155       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
8156     }
8157   } else {
8158     return 0;
8159   }
8160 
8161   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
8162          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
8163          "handled in the block above.");
8164 
8165   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
8166   if (Body) {
8167     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
8168     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
8169     // Verify this.
8170     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
8171       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
8172 
8173     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
8174     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
8175         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
8176         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
8177         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
8178       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
8179 
8180     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
8181       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
8182         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
8183 
8184       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
8185                                              Destructor->getParent());
8186     }
8187 
8188     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
8189     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
8190     // deletion in some later function.
8191     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
8192         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
8193       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
8194     }
8195     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
8196         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
8197       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
8198       // enabled.
8199       ActivePolicy = &WP;
8200     }
8201 
8202     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8203         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
8204          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
8205       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8206 
8207     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
8208     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
8209     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
8210            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
8211   }
8212 
8213   if (!IsInstantiation)
8214     PopDeclContext();
8215 
8216   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
8217 
8218   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
8219   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
8220   // deletion in some later function.
8221   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
8222     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
8223   }
8224 
8225   return dcl;
8226 }
8227 
8228 
8229 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
8230 /// relevant Decl.
8231 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
8232                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
8233   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
8234   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
8235     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
8236   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
8237 
8238   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
8239     if (Method->isStatic())
8240       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
8241 }
8242 
8243 
8244 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
8245 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
8246 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
8247                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
8248   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
8249   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
8250   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
8251   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
8252   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
8253     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
8254   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
8255     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
8256     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8257     return Pos->second;
8258   }
8259 
8260   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
8261   unsigned diag_id;
8262   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8263     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
8264   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
8265     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
8266   else
8267     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
8268   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
8269 
8270   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
8271   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
8272   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
8273     TypoCorrection Corrected;
8274     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
8275     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
8276                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
8277       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
8278       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
8279       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
8280 
8281       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
8282           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
8283 
8284       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
8285           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8286         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
8287             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
8288     }
8289   }
8290 
8291   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
8292   const char *Dummy;
8293   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
8294   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
8295   unsigned DiagID;
8296   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
8297   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
8298   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
8299   SourceLocation NoLoc;
8300   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
8301   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
8302                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
8303                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
8304                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
8305                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
8306                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
8307                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
8308                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
8309                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
8310                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8311                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8312                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8313                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
8314                                              EST_None,
8315                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
8316                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
8317                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
8318                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
8319                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
8320                                              Loc, Loc, D),
8321                 DS.getAttributes(),
8322                 SourceLocation());
8323   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
8324 
8325   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
8326 
8327   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
8328   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8329 
8330   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
8331   FD->setImplicit();
8332 
8333   CurContext = PrevDC;
8334 
8335   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
8336 
8337   return FD;
8338 }
8339 
8340 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
8341 /// the declaration of this function.
8342 ///
8343 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
8344 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
8345 /// like NSLog or printf.
8346 ///
8347 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
8348 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
8349 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8350   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8351     return;
8352 
8353   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
8354   // actual attributes.
8355   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8356     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
8357     unsigned FormatIdx;
8358     bool HasVAListArg;
8359     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
8360       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
8361         const char *fmt = "printf";
8362         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
8363         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
8364             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8365           fmt = "NSString";
8366         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8367                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
8368                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8369       }
8370     }
8371     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
8372                                              HasVAListArg)) {
8373      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8374        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8375                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
8376                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8377     }
8378 
8379     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
8380     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
8381     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
8382     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
8383         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
8384       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8385         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8386     }
8387 
8388     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
8389         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
8390       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8391     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
8392       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8393     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8394       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8395   }
8396 
8397   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
8398   if (!Name)
8399     return;
8400   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8401        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
8402       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
8403        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
8404        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
8405     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
8406     // about.
8407   } else
8408     return;
8409 
8410   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
8411     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
8412     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
8413     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8414       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8415                                              "printf", 2,
8416                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
8417   }
8418 
8419   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
8420     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
8421     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
8422     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
8423       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
8424   }
8425 }
8426 
8427 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
8428                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
8429   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
8430   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
8431 
8432   if (!TInfo) {
8433     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
8434     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
8435   }
8436 
8437   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
8438   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
8439                                            D.getLocStart(),
8440                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8441                                            D.getIdentifier(),
8442                                            TInfo);
8443 
8444   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
8445   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
8446     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
8447     return NewTD;
8448   }
8449 
8450   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8451     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
8452       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8453         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
8454         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8455         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8456     else
8457       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
8458   }
8459 
8460   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
8461   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
8462   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
8463   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
8464   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
8465   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
8466   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
8467   case TST_enum:
8468   case TST_struct:
8469   case TST_interface:
8470   case TST_union:
8471   case TST_class: {
8472     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
8473 
8474     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
8475     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
8476     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
8477     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
8478 
8479     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
8480     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
8481 
8482     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
8483     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
8484       break;
8485 
8486     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
8487     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
8488     break;
8489   }
8490 
8491   default:
8492     break;
8493   }
8494 
8495   return NewTD;
8496 }
8497 
8498 
8499 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
8500 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
8501   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8502   QualType T = TI->getType();
8503 
8504   if (T->isDependentType())
8505     return false;
8506 
8507   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
8508     if (BT->isInteger())
8509       return false;
8510 
8511   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
8512   return true;
8513 }
8514 
8515 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
8516 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
8517 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
8518                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
8519                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
8520   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
8521 
8522   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
8523     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8524       << Prev->isScoped();
8525     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8526     return true;
8527   }
8528 
8529   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
8530     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
8531         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
8532         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
8533                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
8534       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8535         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
8536       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8537       return true;
8538     }
8539   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
8540     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8541       << Prev->isFixed();
8542     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8543     return true;
8544   }
8545 
8546   return false;
8547 }
8548 
8549 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
8550 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
8551 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
8552 ///
8553 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
8554 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
8555   switch (Tag) {
8556   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
8557   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
8558   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
8559   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
8560   }
8561 }
8562 
8563 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
8564 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
8565 ///
8566 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
8567 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
8568 {
8569   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
8570 }
8571 
8572 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
8573 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
8574 ///
8575 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
8576 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
8577                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
8578                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
8579                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
8580   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
8581   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
8582   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
8583   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
8584   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
8585   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
8586   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
8587   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
8588   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
8589   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
8590   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
8591   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
8592   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
8593   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8594   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
8595     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8596       return true;
8597 
8598   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
8599     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8600     bool isTemplate = false;
8601     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8602       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8603 
8604     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8605       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8606       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8607       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8608         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8609         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8610       return true;
8611     }
8612 
8613     if (isDefinition) {
8614       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8615       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8616       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8617         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8618         return true;
8619       }
8620 
8621       bool previousMismatch = false;
8622       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8623            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8624         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8625           if (!previousMismatch) {
8626             previousMismatch = true;
8627             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8628               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8629               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
8630           }
8631           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8632             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
8633             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8634                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
8635         }
8636       }
8637       return true;
8638     }
8639 
8640     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8641     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8642     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8643     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8644                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8645     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8646       return true;
8647     }
8648 
8649     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8650       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8651       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8652     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8653 
8654     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8655     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8656         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8657           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
8658           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8659                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
8660     }
8661 
8662     return true;
8663   }
8664   return false;
8665 }
8666 
8667 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8668 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8669 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8670 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8671 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8672                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8673                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8674                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8675                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8676                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8677                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8678                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8679                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8680                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8681   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8682   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8683   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8684          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8685   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8686 
8687   OwnedDecl = false;
8688   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8689   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8690 
8691   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8692   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8693   bool Invalid = false;
8694 
8695   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8696   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8697   // for non-C++ cases.
8698   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8699       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8700     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8701           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8702                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
8703                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8704                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8705                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8706                                                     Invalid)) {
8707       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8708         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8709         // be a member of another template).
8710 
8711         if (Invalid)
8712           return 0;
8713 
8714         OwnedDecl = false;
8715         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8716                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8717                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8718                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8719                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
8720                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
8721         return Result.get();
8722       } else {
8723         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8724         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8725           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8726         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8727       }
8728     }
8729   }
8730 
8731   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8732   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8733   // redeclaration.
8734   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8735 
8736   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8737     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8738       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8739       // type, default to int.
8740       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8741     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8742       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8743       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8744       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8745       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8746       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8747 
8748       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8749         // Recover by falling back to int.
8750         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8751 
8752       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8753                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8754         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8755 
8756     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8757       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8758       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8759   }
8760 
8761   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8762   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8763   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8764 
8765   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8766   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8767     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8768 
8769   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8770 
8771   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8772     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8773 
8774     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8775     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8776       Name = 0;
8777       goto CreateNewDecl;
8778     }
8779 
8780     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8781     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8782     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8783       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8784       if (!DC) {
8785         IsDependent = true;
8786         return 0;
8787       }
8788     } else {
8789       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8790       if (!DC) {
8791         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8792           << SS.getRange();
8793         return 0;
8794       }
8795     }
8796 
8797     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8798       return 0;
8799 
8800     SearchDC = DC;
8801     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8802     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8803 
8804     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8805       return 0;
8806 
8807     if (Previous.empty()) {
8808       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8809       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8810       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8811       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8812       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8813       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8814       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8815           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8816         IsDependent = true;
8817         return 0;
8818       }
8819 
8820       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8821       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8822         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8823       Name = 0;
8824       Invalid = true;
8825       goto CreateNewDecl;
8826     }
8827   } else if (Name) {
8828     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8829     // declaration or definition.
8830     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8831     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8832     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8833     LookupName(Previous, S);
8834 
8835     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8836         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8837       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8838       while (F.hasNext()) {
8839         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8840         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8841           F.erase();
8842       }
8843       F.done();
8844     }
8845 
8846     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8847     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8848       return 0;
8849 
8850     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8851       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8852       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8853       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8854       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8855       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8856         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8857     }
8858   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8859     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8860     // initial context to the translation unit.
8861     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8862     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8863   }
8864 
8865   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8866       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8867     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8868     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8869     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8870     Previous.clear();
8871   }
8872 
8873   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8874       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8875     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8876     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8877 
8878     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8879       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8880       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8881       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8882       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8883     }
8884   }
8885 
8886   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8887   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8888   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8889   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8890   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8891       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8892     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8893     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8894 
8895     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8896       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8897       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8898       //
8899       //          class-key identifier
8900       //
8901       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8902       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8903       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8904       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8905       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8906       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8907       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8908       //      declaration.
8909       //
8910       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8911       // C structs and unions.
8912       //
8913       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8914       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8915       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8916       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8917       //
8918       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8919       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8920       //
8921       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8922       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8923       // lexical context,
8924       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8925         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8926 
8927       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8928       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8929              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8930               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8931              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8932              (S->getEntity() &&
8933               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
8934         S = S->getParent();
8935     } else {
8936       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
8937       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
8938       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
8939       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
8940       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
8941       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
8942     }
8943 
8944     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
8945     // diagnose some problems.
8946     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8947       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
8948       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
8949     }
8950   }
8951 
8952   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8953     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
8954 
8955     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
8956     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
8957     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
8958     // in C++.
8959     //
8960     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
8961     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
8962     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
8963     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
8964     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8965       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8966         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
8967           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
8968           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
8969               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
8970                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
8971             PrevDecl = Tag;
8972             Previous.clear();
8973             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
8974             Previous.resolveKind();
8975           }
8976         }
8977       }
8978     }
8979 
8980     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8981       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
8982       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
8983       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
8984       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
8985           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8986         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
8987         // struct or something similar.
8988         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
8989                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
8990                                           *Name)) {
8991           bool SafeToContinue
8992             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
8993                Kind != TTK_Enum);
8994           if (SafeToContinue)
8995             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
8996               << Name
8997               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
8998                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
8999           else
9000             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
9001           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9002 
9003           if (SafeToContinue)
9004             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
9005           else {
9006             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
9007             Name = 0;
9008             Previous.clear();
9009             Invalid = true;
9010           }
9011         }
9012 
9013         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
9014           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
9015 
9016           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
9017           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
9018           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9019             if (ScopedEnum)
9020               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
9021                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
9022                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
9023             return PrevTagDecl;
9024           }
9025 
9026           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
9027           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9028             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
9029           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
9030             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
9031 
9032           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
9033           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
9034           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
9035           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
9036                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
9037             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
9038         }
9039 
9040         if (!Invalid) {
9041           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
9042 
9043           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
9044           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
9045           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
9046           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
9047           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
9048                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
9049             return PrevTagDecl;
9050 
9051           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
9052           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9053             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
9054               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
9055               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
9056               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
9057               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
9058               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
9059                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
9060                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9061                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9062                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9063                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
9064                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9065                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9066                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9067               }
9068 
9069               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
9070                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
9071                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
9072                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
9073                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
9074                 else
9075                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
9076                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9077                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
9078                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
9079                 // references get the previous definition.
9080                 Name = 0;
9081                 Previous.clear();
9082                 Invalid = true;
9083               }
9084             } else {
9085               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
9086               // about a nested redefinition.
9087               const TagType *Tag
9088                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
9089               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9090                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
9091                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
9092                      diag::note_previous_definition);
9093                 Name = 0;
9094                 Previous.clear();
9095                 Invalid = true;
9096               }
9097             }
9098 
9099             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
9100             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
9101           }
9102         }
9103         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
9104         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
9105 
9106       } else {
9107         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
9108         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
9109         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
9110         // have distinct types.
9111         Previous.clear();
9112       }
9113       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
9114       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
9115       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
9116 
9117 
9118     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
9119     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
9120     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
9121     } else {
9122       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
9123       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
9124       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
9125       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
9126           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
9127         unsigned Kind = 0;
9128         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9129         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9130         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9131         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
9132         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
9133         Invalid = true;
9134 
9135       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
9136       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
9137                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9138         // do nothing
9139 
9140       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
9141       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9142         unsigned Kind = 0;
9143         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9144         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9145         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9146         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
9147         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
9148         Invalid = true;
9149 
9150       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
9151       // case here.
9152       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9153         unsigned Kind = 0;
9154         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9155         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
9156           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
9157         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
9158         Invalid = true;
9159 
9160       // Otherwise, diagnose.
9161       } else {
9162         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
9163         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
9164         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
9165         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9166         Name = 0;
9167         Invalid = true;
9168       }
9169 
9170       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
9171       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
9172       Previous.clear();
9173     }
9174   }
9175 
9176 CreateNewDecl:
9177 
9178   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9179   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
9180     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
9181 
9182   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
9183   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
9184   // keyword.
9185   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
9186 
9187   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
9188   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
9189   // PrevDecl.
9190   TagDecl *New;
9191 
9192   bool IsForwardReference = false;
9193   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9194     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
9195     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
9196     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9197                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
9198                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
9199     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
9200     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
9201       TagDecl *Def;
9202       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
9203         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
9204         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
9205       }
9206       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
9207         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
9208           << New;
9209         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9210       } else {
9211         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
9212         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
9213           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
9214         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9215           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
9216         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
9217 
9218         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
9219         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
9220         // the declaration context.
9221         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
9222           IsForwardReference = true;
9223       }
9224     }
9225 
9226     if (EnumUnderlying) {
9227       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
9228       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9229         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
9230       else
9231         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
9232       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
9233     }
9234 
9235   } else {
9236     // struct/union/class
9237 
9238     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
9239     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
9240     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9241       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
9242       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9243                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
9244 
9245       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
9246         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
9247     } else
9248       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9249                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
9250   }
9251 
9252   // Maybe add qualifier info.
9253   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
9254     if (SS.isSet()) {
9255       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
9256       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
9257       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
9258       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
9259       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
9260       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
9261           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
9262           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
9263         Invalid = true;
9264 
9265       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
9266       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
9267         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
9268                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
9269                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
9270       }
9271     }
9272     else
9273       Invalid = true;
9274   }
9275 
9276   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
9277     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
9278     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
9279     //
9280     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
9281     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
9282     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
9283     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
9284     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
9285     // parsing of the struct).
9286     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9287       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
9288       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
9289     }
9290   }
9291 
9292   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
9293     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
9294       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9295         << 2
9296         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9297     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
9298     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
9299     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
9300     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9301       New->setModulePrivate();
9302   }
9303 
9304   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
9305   // check the specialization.
9306   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
9307     Invalid = true;
9308 
9309   if (Invalid)
9310     New->setInvalidDecl();
9311 
9312   if (Attr)
9313     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9314 
9315   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
9316   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
9317   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9318     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
9319 
9320   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
9321   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
9322   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9323 
9324   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
9325   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
9326   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
9327   // the tag name visible.
9328   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
9329     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
9330                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
9331 
9332   // Set the access specifier.
9333   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
9334     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
9335 
9336   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
9337     New->startDefinition();
9338 
9339   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9340   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9341     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
9342     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
9343     if (PrevDecl)
9344       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
9345 
9346     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9347     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9348     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
9349       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
9350         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
9351   } else if (Name) {
9352     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9353     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
9354     if (IsForwardReference)
9355       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9356 
9357   } else {
9358     CurContext->addDecl(New);
9359   }
9360 
9361   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
9362   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
9363     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
9364         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
9365         II->isStr("FILE"))
9366       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
9367 
9368   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
9369   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
9370   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9371       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
9372     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
9373 
9374   if (PrevDecl)
9375     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
9376 
9377   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9378   // record.
9379   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
9380 
9381   OwnedDecl = true;
9382   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
9383   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
9384   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
9385 }
9386 
9387 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9388   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9389   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9390 
9391   // Enter the tag context.
9392   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
9393 
9394   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
9395 
9396   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9397   // record.
9398   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
9399 }
9400 
9401 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
9402   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
9403          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
9404   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
9405   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
9406       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
9407   CurContext = OCD;
9408   return IDecl;
9409 }
9410 
9411 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9412                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
9413                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
9414   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9415   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
9416 
9417   FieldCollector->StartClass();
9418 
9419   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
9420     return;
9421 
9422   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
9423     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
9424 
9425   // C++ [class]p2:
9426   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
9427   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
9428   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
9429   //   as if it were a public member name.
9430   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
9431     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
9432                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
9433                             Record->getIdentifier(),
9434                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
9435                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
9436   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
9437   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
9438   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
9439   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
9440       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
9441   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
9442   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
9443          "Broken injected-class-name");
9444 }
9445 
9446 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9447                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
9448   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9449   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9450   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
9451 
9452   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9453   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9454     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
9455     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9456       RD->completeDefinition();
9457   }
9458 
9459   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
9460     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
9461 
9462   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
9463   PopDeclContext();
9464 
9465   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
9466   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
9467 }
9468 
9469 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
9470   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
9471   PopDeclContext();
9472 }
9473 
9474 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9475   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
9476   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
9477   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
9478 }
9479 
9480 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9481   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
9482   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
9483 }
9484 
9485 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9486   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9487   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9488   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
9489 
9490   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9491   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9492     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9493       RD->completeDefinition();
9494   }
9495 
9496   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
9497   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
9498   // the FieldCollector.
9499 
9500   PopDeclContext();
9501 }
9502 
9503 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
9504 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
9505                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9506                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
9507                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
9508   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
9509   if (ZeroWidth)
9510     *ZeroWidth = true;
9511 
9512   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
9513   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
9514   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9515     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
9516     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
9517       return ExprError();
9518     if (FieldName)
9519       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
9520         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9521     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
9522       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9523   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
9524                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
9525     return ExprError();
9526 
9527   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
9528   // it now.
9529   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
9530     return Owned(BitWidth);
9531 
9532   llvm::APSInt Value;
9533   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
9534   if (ICE.isInvalid())
9535     return ICE;
9536   BitWidth = ICE.take();
9537 
9538   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
9539     *ZeroWidth = false;
9540 
9541   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
9542   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
9543     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
9544 
9545   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
9546     if (FieldName)
9547       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9548                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
9549     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9550       << Value.toString(10);
9551   }
9552 
9553   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
9554     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
9555     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
9556       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9557         if (FieldName)
9558           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9559             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9560             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9561 
9562         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9563           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9564       }
9565 
9566       if (FieldName)
9567         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9568           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9569           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9570       else
9571         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9572           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9573     }
9574   }
9575 
9576   return Owned(BitWidth);
9577 }
9578 
9579 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
9580 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
9581 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
9582                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
9583   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
9584                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
9585                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
9586   return Res;
9587 }
9588 
9589 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
9590 ///
9591 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
9592                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
9593                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
9594                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9595                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
9596   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9597   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9598   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9599 
9600   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9601   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9602   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9603     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9604 
9605     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
9606                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9607       D.setInvalidType();
9608       T = Context.IntTy;
9609       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9610     }
9611   }
9612 
9613   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9614 
9615   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9616     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9617   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9618     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9619       << 2;
9620 
9621   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9622   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9623   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9624   LookupName(Previous, S);
9625   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9626     case LookupResult::Found:
9627     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9628       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9629       break;
9630 
9631     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9632       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9633       break;
9634 
9635     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9636     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9637     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9638       break;
9639   }
9640   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9641 
9642   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9643     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9644     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9645     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9646     PrevDecl = 0;
9647   }
9648 
9649   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9650     PrevDecl = 0;
9651 
9652   bool Mutable
9653     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9654   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9655   FieldDecl *NewFD
9656     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9657                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9658 
9659   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9660     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9661 
9662   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9663     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9664 
9665   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9666     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9667     // with the same name in the same scope.
9668   } else if (II) {
9669     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9670   } else
9671     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9672 
9673   return NewFD;
9674 }
9675 
9676 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9677 ///
9678 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9679 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9680 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9681 /// created.
9682 ///
9683 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9684 ///
9685 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9686 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9687                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9688                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9689                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9690                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9691                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9692                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9693                                 Declarator *D) {
9694   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9695   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9696   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9697 
9698   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9699   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9700   if (T.isNull()) {
9701     InvalidDecl = true;
9702     T = Context.IntTy;
9703   }
9704 
9705   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9706   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9707     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9708       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9709       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9710       InvalidDecl = true;
9711     } else {
9712       NamedDecl *Def;
9713       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9714       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9715         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9716         InvalidDecl = true;
9717       }
9718     }
9719   }
9720 
9721   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9722   // than a variably modified type.
9723   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9724     bool SizeIsNegative;
9725     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9726 
9727     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
9728       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
9729                                                     SizeIsNegative,
9730                                                     Oversized);
9731     if (FixedTInfo) {
9732       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9733       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
9734       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
9735     } else {
9736       if (SizeIsNegative)
9737         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9738       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9739         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9740           << Oversized.toString(10);
9741       else
9742         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9743       InvalidDecl = true;
9744     }
9745   }
9746 
9747   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9748   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9749                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9750                                              AbstractFieldType))
9751     InvalidDecl = true;
9752 
9753   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9754   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9755   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9756     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9757     if (!BitWidth) {
9758       InvalidDecl = true;
9759       BitWidth = 0;
9760       ZeroWidth = false;
9761     }
9762   }
9763 
9764   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9765   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9766     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9767     if (T->isReferenceType())
9768       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9769     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9770       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9771 
9772     if (DiagID) {
9773       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9774       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9775         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9776       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9777       Mutable = false;
9778       InvalidDecl = true;
9779     }
9780   }
9781 
9782   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9783                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9784   if (InvalidDecl)
9785     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9786 
9787   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9788     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9789     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9790     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9791   }
9792 
9793   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9794     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9795       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9796         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9797         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9798           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9799           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9800           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9801           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9802           // objects.
9803           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9804             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9805         }
9806       }
9807 
9808       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9809       // the program is ill-formed.
9810       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9811         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9812           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9813         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9814       }
9815     }
9816   }
9817 
9818   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9819   // representation, not a parser representation.
9820   if (D)
9821     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9822     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9823 
9824   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9825   // retainable type.
9826   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9827     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9828 
9829   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9830     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9831 
9832   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9833   return NewFD;
9834 }
9835 
9836 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9837   assert(FD);
9838   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9839 
9840   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9841     return true;
9842 
9843   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9844   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9845     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9846     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9847       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9848       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9849       // copy constructors.
9850 
9851       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9852       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
9853       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
9854       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
9855       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
9856       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
9857       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
9858         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9859       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9860         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9861       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
9862         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9863       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
9864         member = CXXDestructor;
9865 
9866       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9867         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
9868             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9869           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9870           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9871           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9872           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9873           // members unavailable.
9874           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9875           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9876             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9877               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9878                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9879             return false;
9880           }
9881         }
9882 
9883         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
9884                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9885                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9886           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9887         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
9888         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
9889       }
9890     }
9891   }
9892 
9893   return false;
9894 }
9895 
9896 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9897 ///  AST enum value.
9898 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9899 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9900   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9901   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9902   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9903   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9904   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9905   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9906   }
9907 }
9908 
9909 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9910 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9911 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9912                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9913                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9914                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9915 
9916   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9917   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9918   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9919   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9920 
9921   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9922   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9923 
9924   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9925   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9926 
9927   if (BitWidth) {
9928     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9929     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9930     if (!BitWidth)
9931       D.setInvalidType();
9932   } else {
9933     // Not a bitfield.
9934 
9935     // validate II.
9936 
9937   }
9938   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9939     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9940     D.setInvalidType();
9941   }
9942   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9943   // than a variably modified type.
9944   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9945     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9946     D.setInvalidType();
9947   }
9948 
9949   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9950   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9951     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9952                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9953   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9954   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9955   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9956     return 0;
9957   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9958   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9959       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9960     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
9961     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9962       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9963       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9964     }
9965     else
9966       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9967   } else {
9968     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9969         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9970       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9971         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9972         return 0;
9973       }
9974     }
9975     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9976   }
9977 
9978   // Construct the decl.
9979   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9980                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9981                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9982 
9983   if (II) {
9984     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9985                                            ForRedeclaration);
9986     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9987         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9988       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9989       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9990       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9991     }
9992   }
9993 
9994   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9995   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9996 
9997   if (D.isInvalidType())
9998     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9999 
10000   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
10001   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
10002     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10003 
10004   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10005     NewID->setModulePrivate();
10006 
10007   if (II) {
10008     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
10009     // these to the interface.
10010     S->AddDecl(NewID);
10011     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
10012   }
10013 
10014   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
10015       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
10016     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
10017 
10018   return NewID;
10019 }
10020 
10021 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
10022 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
10023 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
10024 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
10025 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
10026                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
10027   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
10028     return;
10029 
10030   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
10031   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
10032 
10033   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
10034     return;
10035   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
10036   if (!ID) {
10037     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
10038       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
10039         return;
10040     }
10041     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
10042     else
10043       return;
10044   }
10045   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
10046   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
10047   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
10048 
10049   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
10050                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
10051                               Context.CharTy,
10052                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
10053                                                                DeclLoc),
10054                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
10055                               true);
10056   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
10057 }
10058 
10059 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
10060                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
10061                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
10062                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
10063                        AttributeList *Attr) {
10064   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
10065 
10066   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
10067   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
10068   // it will now change.
10069   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10070     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10071     switch (DC->getKind()) {
10072     default: break;
10073     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
10074       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10075       break;
10076     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
10077       Context.
10078         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10079       break;
10080     }
10081   }
10082 
10083   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10084 
10085   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
10086   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
10087   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
10088   if (Record) {
10089     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
10090                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
10091       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
10092         if (IFD->getDeclName())
10093           ++NumNamedMembers;
10094     }
10095   }
10096 
10097   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
10098   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
10099 
10100   bool ARCErrReported = false;
10101   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
10102        i != end; ++i) {
10103     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
10104 
10105     // Get the type for the field.
10106     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
10107 
10108     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
10109       // Remember all fields written by the user.
10110       RecFields.push_back(FD);
10111     }
10112 
10113     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
10114     // diagnostics about it.
10115     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10116       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10117       continue;
10118     }
10119 
10120     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
10121     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
10122     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
10123     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
10124     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
10125     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
10126     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
10127     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
10128     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
10129     //   array.
10130     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
10131       // Field declared as a function.
10132       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
10133         << FD->getDeclName();
10134       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10135       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10136       continue;
10137     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
10138                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
10139                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
10140                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
10141                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
10142       // Flexible array member.
10143       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
10144       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
10145       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
10146       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
10147         if (Record->isUnion())
10148           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
10149             << FD->getDeclName();
10150         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10151           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
10152             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10153       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10154         if (Record->isUnion())
10155           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10156             << FD->getDeclName();
10157         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10158           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
10159             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10160       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
10161       if (Record->isUnion())
10162         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10163           << FD->getDeclName();
10164       else
10165         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
10166           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10167       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
10168         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
10169           << FD->getDeclName();
10170         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10171         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10172         continue;
10173       }
10174       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
10175           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
10176         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
10177           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10178         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10179         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10180         continue;
10181       }
10182       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
10183       if (Record)
10184         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10185     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
10186                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10187                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10188       // Incomplete type
10189       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10190       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10191       continue;
10192     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10193       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
10194         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
10195         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
10196           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10197         } else {
10198           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
10199           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
10200           // structures.
10201           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
10202             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
10203               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10204           else {
10205             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
10206             // other structs as an extension.
10207             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
10208               << FD->getDeclName();
10209             if (Record)
10210               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10211           }
10212         }
10213       }
10214       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
10215           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10216                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10217                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
10218         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
10219         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10220       }
10221       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10222         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10223     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
10224       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
10225       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
10226         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
10227       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
10228       FD->setType(T);
10229     } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10230       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
10231         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
10232         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
10233         // so we just make the field unavailable.
10234         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
10235         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
10236         QualType T = FD->getType();
10237         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
10238         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
10239           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
10240           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
10241             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
10242               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
10243                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10244             }
10245           } else {
10246             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
10247               << T->isBlockPointerType();
10248           }
10249           ARCErrReported = true;
10250         }
10251       }
10252       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10253                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
10254                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
10255         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10256             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
10257           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10258         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
10259           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10260           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
10261               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10262             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10263           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10264                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
10265                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10266         }
10267       }
10268     }
10269     // Keep track of the number of named members.
10270     if (FD->getIdentifier())
10271       ++NumNamedMembers;
10272   }
10273 
10274   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
10275   if (Record) {
10276     bool Completed = false;
10277     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
10278       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
10279         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
10280         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
10281                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
10282                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
10283           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
10284 
10285         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
10286           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
10287           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
10288               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
10289             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
10290 
10291           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
10292           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
10293 
10294           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
10295           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
10296           // problem now.
10297           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
10298             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
10299             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
10300 
10301             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
10302                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
10303                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
10304               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
10305                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
10306                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
10307                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
10308                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
10309                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
10310                   continue;
10311 
10312                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
10313                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
10314                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
10315                 //   program is ill-formed.
10316                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
10317                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
10318                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
10319                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
10320                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
10321                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
10322                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
10323                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
10324                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
10325                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
10326 
10327                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
10328               }
10329             }
10330             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
10331             Completed = true;
10332           }
10333         }
10334       }
10335     }
10336 
10337     if (!Completed)
10338       Record->completeDefinition();
10339 
10340   } else {
10341     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
10342       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
10343     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10344       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
10345       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
10346       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10347         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
10348         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10349       }
10350       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
10351       // duplicates.
10352       if (ID->getSuperClass())
10353         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
10354     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10355                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10356       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
10357       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
10358         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
10359         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
10360         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
10361       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
10362       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10363       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10364     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10365                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10366       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
10367       // reported as errors elsewhere.
10368       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
10369       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
10370       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
10371       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
10372       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
10373       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10374         if (IDecl) {
10375           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
10376               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10377             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10378                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10379             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10380             continue;
10381           }
10382           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
10383                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
10384                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
10385             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
10386                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10387               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10388                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10389               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10390               continue;
10391             }
10392           }
10393         }
10394         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
10395         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10396       }
10397       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10398       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10399     }
10400   }
10401 
10402   if (Attr)
10403     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
10404 }
10405 
10406 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
10407 /// the given type T.
10408 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
10409                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
10410                                         QualType T) {
10411   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10412   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
10413 
10414   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
10415     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10416       --BitWidth;
10417     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10418   }
10419   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10420 }
10421 
10422 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10423 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10424 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10425   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10426   // enum checking below.
10427   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10428   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10429   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10430     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10431   };
10432   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10433     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10434     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10435   };
10436 
10437   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10438   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10439                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10440   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10441     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10442       return Types[I];
10443 
10444   return QualType();
10445 }
10446 
10447 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10448                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10449                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10450                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10451                                           Expr *Val) {
10452   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10453   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10454   QualType EltTy;
10455 
10456   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10457     Val = 0;
10458 
10459   if (Val)
10460     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10461 
10462   if (Val) {
10463     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10464       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10465     else {
10466       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10467       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
10468           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10469         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10470         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10471         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10472         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10473         ExprResult Converted =
10474           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10475                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10476         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10477           Val = 0;
10478         else
10479           Val = Converted.take();
10480       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10481                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10482                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10483         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10484       } else {
10485         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10486           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10487 
10488           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10489           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10490           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10491           // expression checking.
10492           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10493             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10494               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10495               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10496             } else
10497               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10498           } else
10499             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10500         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10501           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10502           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10503           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10504           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10505           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10506           EltTy = Val->getType();
10507         } else {
10508           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10509           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10510           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10511           //   representable as an int.
10512 
10513           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10514           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10515             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10516               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10517               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10518           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10519             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10520             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10521           }
10522           EltTy = Val->getType();
10523         }
10524       }
10525     }
10526   }
10527 
10528   if (!Val) {
10529     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10530       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10531     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10532       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10533       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10534       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10535       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10536       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10537       //
10538       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10539       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10540       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10541         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10542       }
10543       else {
10544         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10545       }
10546     } else {
10547       // Assign the last value + 1.
10548       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10549       ++EnumVal;
10550       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10551 
10552       // Check for overflow on increment.
10553       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10554         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10555         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10556         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10557         //
10558         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10559         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10560         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10561         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10562         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10563         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10564         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10565         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10566           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10567           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10568           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10569           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10570           ++EnumVal;
10571           if (Enum->isFixed())
10572             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10573             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10574               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10575               << EltTy;
10576           else
10577             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10578               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10579         } else {
10580           EltTy = T;
10581         }
10582 
10583         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10584         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10585         // value, then increment.
10586         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10587         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10588         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10589         ++EnumVal;
10590 
10591         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10592         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10593         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10594         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10595         // integral type.
10596         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10597           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10598       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10599                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10600         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10601         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10602           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10603       }
10604     }
10605   }
10606 
10607   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10608     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10609     // enumerator's type.
10610     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10611     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10612   }
10613 
10614   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10615                                   Val, EnumVal);
10616 }
10617 
10618 
10619 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10620                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10621                               AttributeList *Attr,
10622                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10623   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10624   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10625     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10626 
10627   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10628   // we find one that is.
10629   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10630 
10631   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10632   // scope.
10633   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10634                                          ForRedeclaration);
10635   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10636     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10637     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10638     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10639     PrevDecl = 0;
10640   }
10641 
10642   if (PrevDecl) {
10643     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10644     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10645     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10646            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10647     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10648       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10649         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10650       else
10651         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10652       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10653       return 0;
10654     }
10655   }
10656 
10657   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
10658   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
10659   // different from T:
10660   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
10661   // enumerated type
10662   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10663                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10664                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10665     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
10666         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10667       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10668 
10669   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10670     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10671 
10672   if (New) {
10673     // Process attributes.
10674     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10675 
10676     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10677     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10678     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10679   }
10680 
10681   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
10682 
10683   return New;
10684 }
10685 
10686 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
10687 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
10688 // Element2 = Element1
10689 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
10690 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
10691 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
10692 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
10693   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
10694   if (!InitExpr)
10695     return true;
10696   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
10697 
10698   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
10699     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
10700       return true;
10701     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
10702     if (!IL)
10703       return true;
10704     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
10705       return true;
10706 
10707     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
10708   }
10709 
10710   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
10711   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
10712   if (!DRE)
10713     return true;
10714 
10715   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10716   if (!EnumConstant)
10717     return true;
10718 
10719   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
10720       Enum)
10721     return true;
10722 
10723   return false;
10724 }
10725 
10726 struct DupKey {
10727   int64_t val;
10728   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
10729   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
10730     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
10731 };
10732 
10733 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
10734   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
10735                 false);
10736 }
10737 
10738 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
10739   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
10740   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
10741   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
10742     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
10743   }
10744   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
10745     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
10746            LHS.val == RHS.val;
10747   }
10748 };
10749 
10750 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
10751 // a previous element has already been set to.
10752 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements,
10753                                         unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum,
10754                                         QualType EnumType) {
10755   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
10756                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
10757       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
10758     return;
10759   // Avoid anonymous enums
10760   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
10761     return;
10762 
10763   // Only check for small enums.
10764   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
10765     return;
10766 
10767   typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector;
10768   typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector;
10769 
10770   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
10771   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
10772           ValueToVectorMap;
10773 
10774   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
10775   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
10776 
10777   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
10778   // an initialier.
10779   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) {
10780     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10781 
10782     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
10783     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
10784     if (!ECD) {
10785       return;
10786     }
10787 
10788     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
10789       continue;
10790 
10791     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
10792     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
10793 
10794     // First time encountering this value.
10795     if (Entry.isNull())
10796       Entry = ECD;
10797   }
10798 
10799   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
10800   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) {
10801     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10802     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
10803       continue;
10804 
10805     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
10806 
10807     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
10808     if (Entry.isNull())
10809       continue;
10810 
10811     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
10812       // Ensure constants are different.
10813       if (D == ECD)
10814         continue;
10815 
10816       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
10817       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
10818       Vec->push_back(D);
10819       Vec->push_back(ECD);
10820 
10821       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
10822       Entry = Vec;
10823 
10824       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
10825       // diagnostics.
10826       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
10827       continue;
10828     }
10829 
10830     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
10831     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
10832     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
10833       continue;
10834 
10835     Vec->push_back(ECD);
10836   }
10837 
10838   // Emit diagnostics.
10839   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
10840                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
10841        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
10842     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
10843     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
10844 
10845     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
10846     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
10847     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
10848       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
10849       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
10850     ++I;
10851 
10852     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
10853     // the same value.
10854     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
10855       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
10856         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
10857         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
10858     delete Vec;
10859   }
10860 }
10861 
10862 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10863                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10864                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10865                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10866   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10867   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10868 
10869   if (Attr)
10870     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10871 
10872   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10873     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10874       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10875         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10876       if (!ECD) continue;
10877 
10878       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10879     }
10880 
10881     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10882     return;
10883   }
10884 
10885   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10886   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10887   // emit a warning.
10888   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10889   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10890   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10891 
10892   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10893   // reverse the list.
10894   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10895   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10896 
10897   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10898   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10899 
10900   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10901     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10902       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10903     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10904 
10905     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10906 
10907     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10908     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10909       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10910                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10911     else
10912       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10913                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10914 
10915     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10916     if (AllElementsInt)
10917       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10918   }
10919 
10920   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10921   QualType BestType;
10922   unsigned BestWidth;
10923 
10924   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10925   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10926   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10927   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10928   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10929   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10930   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10931   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10932   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
10933   QualType BestPromotionType;
10934 
10935   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10936   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10937   // enum definitions.
10938   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10939     Packed = true;
10940 
10941   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10942     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10943     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10944       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10945     else
10946       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10947     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10948     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10949     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10950     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10951   }
10952   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10953     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10954     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10955     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10956     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10957       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10958       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10959     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10960                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10961       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10962       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10963     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10964       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10965       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10966     } else {
10967       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10968 
10969       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10970         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10971       } else {
10972         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10973 
10974         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10975           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10976         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10977       }
10978     }
10979     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10980   } else {
10981     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10982     // all of the enumerator values.
10983     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10984     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10985       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10986       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10987       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10988     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10989       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10990       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10991       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10992     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10993       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10994       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10995       BestPromotionType
10996         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10997                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
10998     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
10999                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
11000       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
11001       BestPromotionType
11002         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11003                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
11004     } else {
11005       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11006       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
11007              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
11008       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
11009       BestPromotionType
11010         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11011                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
11012     }
11013   }
11014 
11015   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
11016   // the type of the enum if needed.
11017   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
11018     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11019     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11020 
11021     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
11022     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
11023     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
11024     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
11025     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
11026 
11027     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
11028     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11029 
11030     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
11031     // the enum decl type.
11032     QualType NewTy;
11033     unsigned NewWidth;
11034     bool NewSign;
11035     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11036         !Enum->isFixed() &&
11037         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
11038       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
11039       NewWidth = IntWidth;
11040       NewSign = true;
11041     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
11042       // Already the right type!
11043       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11044         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11045         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11046         // enumeration.
11047         ECD->setType(EnumType);
11048       continue;
11049     } else {
11050       NewTy = BestType;
11051       NewWidth = BestWidth;
11052       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
11053     }
11054 
11055     // Adjust the APSInt value.
11056     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
11057     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
11058     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
11059 
11060     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
11061     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
11062         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
11063       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
11064                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
11065                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
11066                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
11067                                                 VK_RValue));
11068     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11069       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11070       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11071       // enumeration.
11072       ECD->setType(EnumType);
11073     else
11074       ECD->setType(NewTy);
11075   }
11076 
11077   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
11078                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
11079 
11080   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
11081   // it needs to go into the function scope.
11082   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
11083     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
11084 
11085   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType);
11086 }
11087 
11088 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
11089                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
11090                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
11091   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
11092 
11093   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11094                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
11095                                                    EndLoc);
11096   CurContext->addDecl(New);
11097   return New;
11098 }
11099 
11100 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
11101                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
11102                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
11103   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
11104                                                 Module::AllVisible,
11105                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
11106   if (!Mod)
11107     return true;
11108 
11109   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
11110   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
11111   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
11112     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
11113     // We need the length to be consistent.
11114     if (!ModCheck)
11115       break;
11116     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
11117 
11118     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
11119   }
11120 
11121   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
11122                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11123                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
11124                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
11125   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
11126   return Import;
11127 }
11128 
11129 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11130                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
11131                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11132                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
11133                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
11134   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
11135                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
11136   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
11137      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
11138 
11139   if (PrevDecl)
11140     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
11141   else
11142     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11143       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
11144 }
11145 
11146 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11147                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11148                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11149   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
11150 
11151   if (PrevDecl) {
11152     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
11153   } else {
11154     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11155       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
11156         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
11157   }
11158 }
11159 
11160 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11161                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
11162                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11163                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
11164                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
11165   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
11166                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
11167   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
11168 
11169   if (PrevDecl) {
11170     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
11171       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
11172         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
11173   } else {
11174     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11175       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
11176   }
11177 }
11178 
11179 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
11180   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
11181 }
11182 
11183 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
11184   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
11185   return D->getAvailability();
11186 }
11187